Cisco UCS Manager CLI Command Reference, Release 1.0(2)

acknowledge chassis

To acknowledge a chassis, use the acknowledge chassis command.

acknowledge chassis id

Syntax Description

id	Chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a chassis that was recently commissioned, to ensure that it exists.

Examples

This example shows how to acknowledge a chassis:

switch-A# acknowledge chassis 10
switch-A* # commit-buffer
switch-A #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

acknowledge fault

To acknowledge a fault, use the acknowledge fault command.

acknowledge fault id

Syntax Description

id	Fault identification number. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

The following example shows how to acknowledge a fault:

switch-A# acknowledge fault 1
switch-A* # commit-buffer
switch-A #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cli
show fault

acknowledge server

To acknowledge a server, use the acknowledge server command.

acknowledge server { chassis-id / blade-id | slot-id }

Syntax Description

chassis-id / blade-id	Chassis and blade identification numbers.
slot-id	Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Chassis (/chassis)

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a server that was recently commissioned, to ensure that it exists. slot -id is used only in /chassis mode.

Examples

The following example shows how to acknowledge a server in /chassis mode:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # acknowledge server 2
switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer                                          
switch-A /chassis #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

acknowledge slot

To acknowledge a slot, use the acknowledge slot command.

acknowledge slot { chassis-id / blade-id | slot-id }

Syntax Description

chassis-id / blade-id	Sever identification number.
slot-id	Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a chassis that was recently commissioned using slot -id , to ensure that it exists. slot -id is used only in /chassis mode.

Examples

The following example shows how to acknowledge a slot in /chassis mode:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # acknowledge slot 1 
switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer                                         
switch-A /chassis #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server
show slot

activate firmware

To activate firmware for a device, use the activate firmware command.

activate firmware version { kernel-version kernel-version [ignorecompcheck] | system-version system-version [ignorecompcheck] } +

Syntax Description

kernel-version	Specifies switch kernel version firmware.
kernel-version	Kernel version.
system-version	Specifies switch system version firmware.
system-version	System version.
ignorecompcheck	(Optional) Specifies a compatability check.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Input output module (/chassis/iom)

System (/system)

Fabric interconnect (/fabric)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the ignorecompcheck keyword to run a compatability check when you activate the firmware.

Examples

The following example shows how to activate a specific version of software:

switch-A# scope fabric a
switch-A /fabric # activate firmware kernel-version 3.0 ignorecompcheck 
switch-A /fabric* # commit-buffer                                                 
switch-A /fabric #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show firmware
show version

add alertgroups

To add an alert group, use the add alertgroups command.

add alertgroups { ciscotac | diagnostic | environmental | inventory | license | lifecycle | linecard | supervisor | syslogport | system | test } +

Syntax Description

ciscotac	Specifies the Cisco technical support (TAC) alert group.
diagnostic	Specifies the diagnostic alert group.
environmental	Specifies the environmental alert group.
inventory	Specifies the inventory alert group.
license	Specifies the license alert group.
lifecycle	Specifies the lifecycle alert group.
linecard	Specifies the linecard alert group.
supervisor	Specicify the supervisor alert group.
syslogport	Specifies the syslogport alert group.
system	Specifies the system alert group.
test	Specifies the test alert group.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

The following example shows how to add an alert group:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome                                                                        
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne 
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # add alertgroups diagnostic 
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #

add privilege

To add privileges, use the add privilege command.

add privilege { aaa | admin | ext-lan-config | ext-lan-policy | ext-lan-qos | ext-lan-security | ext-san-config | ext-san-policy | ext-san-qos | ext-san-security | fault | service-profile-config | service-profile-config-policy | service-profile-network | service-profile-network-policy | service-profile-qos | service-profile-qos-policy | service-profile-security | service-profile-security-policy | service-profile-server | service-profile-server-policy | service-profile-storage | service-profile-storage-policy | operations | server-equipment | server-maintenance | server-policy | server-security | pod-config | pod-policy | pod-qos | pod-security | read-only } +

Syntax Description

aaa	Specifies AAA privileges.
admin	Specifies admin privileges.
ext-lan-config	Specifies external LAN configuration priveleges.
ext-lan-policy	Specifies external LAN policy privileges.
ext-lan-qos	Specifies external LAN QoS privileges.
ext-lan-security	Specifies external LAN security privileges.
ext-san-config	Specifies external SAN configuration privileges.
ext-san-policy	Specifies external SAN policy privileges.
ext-san-qos	Specifies external SAN QoS privileges.
ext-san-security	Specifies external SAN security privileges.
fault	Specifies fault privileges.
service-profile-config	Specifies service profile configuration privileges.
service-profile-config-policy	Specifies service profile configuration policy privileges.
service-profile-network	Specifies service profile network privileges.
service-profile-network-policy	Specifies service profile network policy privileges.
service-profile-qos	Specifies service profile QoS privileges.
service-profile-qos-policy	Specifies service profile QoS policy privileges.
service-profile-security	Specifies service profile security privileges.
service-profile-security-policy	Specifies service profile security policy privileges.
service-profile-server	Specifies service profile server privileges.
service-profile-server-policy	Specifies service profile server policy privileges.
service-profile-storage	Specifies service profile storage privileges.
service-profile-storage-policy	Specifies service profile storage policy privileges.
operations	Specifies operations privileges.
server-equipment	Specifies server equipment privileges.
server-maintenance	Specifies server maintenance privileges.
server-policy	Specifies server policy privileges.
server-security	Specifies server security privileges.
pod-config	Specifies pod configuration privileges.
pod-policy	Specifies pod policy privileges.
pod-qos	Specifies pod QoS privileges.
pod-security	Specifies pod security privileges.
read-only	Specifies read-only privileges.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Role (/security/role)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to add privileges:

switch-A # scope security
switch-A /security # scope role role1
switch-A /security/role # add privilege ext-san-config ext-san-policy ext-san-qos ext-san-security 
switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/role #

associate server

To associate a server, use the associate server command.

associate server chassis-id/blade-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id/blade-id

Chassis and blade identification numbers. The range of valid values is 1 to 4294967295.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to associate a server:

switch-A# scope org 1
switch-A /org # scope service-profile 1                                          
switch-A /org/service-profile # associate server 1 
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show assoc
show server

associate server-pool

To associate a server pool with a service profile, use the associate server-pool command.

associate server-pool server-pool [name]

Syntax Description

server-pool	Server pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
name	(Optional) Qualifier. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to associate a server pool:

switch-A# scope org 1
switch-A /org # scope service-profile 1                                             
switch-A /org/service-profile # associate server-pool 1 
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show assoc
show server

cd

To change directories, use the cd command.

cd { bootflash: | volatile: }

Syntax Description

bootflash:	Specifies the bootflash directory.
volatile:	Specifies the volatile directory.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The cd command is on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.

Examples

This example shows how to change directories:

switch-A# connect local-mgmt
Nexus 5000 Switch                                       
Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect 

TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac 

Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by
other third parties and are used and distributed under license. 
Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public
License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of
each such license is available at
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html 
switch-A(local-mgmt)# cd volatile: 
switch-A(local-mgmt)#

clear alertgroups

To clear alert groups, use the clear alertgroups command.

clear alertgroups

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to clear alert groups:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome                                       
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne 
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # clear alertgroups
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show policy
show profile

clear cores

To clear core files, use the clear cores command.

clear cores

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Core files are records of core dumps. Use the clear cores command to clear information out of core dump records.

Examples

This example shows how to clear core files:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug                                       
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # clear cores
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show alert-groups
show cores

cluster force primary

To force a cluster to be the primary cluster, use the cluster force primary command.

cluster force primary

Command Default

This command has no arguments or keywords.

None

Command Modes

Local management (local-mgmt)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The cluster commands are switch-specific local management commands. You have to execute a connect local-mgmt command to connect to the management port.

Examples

This example shows how to force a cluster to be the primary cluster:

switch-A# connect local-mgmt
Nexus 5000 Switch                                       
Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect 

TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac 

Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by
other third parties and are used and distributed under license. 
Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public
License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of
each such license is available at
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html 
switch-A# cluster force primary
switch-A#

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cluster
show file

cluster lead

To designate a cluster leader, use the cluster lead command.

cluster lead [ a | b ]

Syntax Description

a	Specifies switch A.
b	Specifies switch B.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local management (local-mgmt)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The cluster commands are switch-specific local management commands. You must first execute a connect local-mgmt command to connect to the management port.

Examples

This example shows how to designate a cluster leader:

switch-A# connect local-mgmt
Nexus 5000 Switch                                       
Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect 

TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac 

Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by
other third parties and are used and distributed under license. 
Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public
License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of
each such license is available at
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html 
switch-A# cluster lead b
switch-A#

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cluster
show files

commit-buffer

To save or verify configuration changes, use the commit-buffer command.

commit-buffer [verify-only]

Syntax Description

verify-only

(Optional) Specifies verification only.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The * to the right of the command mode name signifies that the configuration change has not been committed.

Examples

This example shows how to save configuration changes:

switch-A-A# create org 3
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #

connect adapter

To connect to an adapter, use the connect adapter command.

connect adapter chassis-id/server-id/adapter-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id/server-id/adapter-id

Adapter identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to connect to an adapter:

switch-A# connect adapter 1/1/1
adapter 1/1 #

connect bmc

To connect to the BMC (Baseboard Management Controller), use the connect bmc command.

connect bmc chassis-id/blade-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id/blade-id

Chassis and blade identification numbers.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

The following example shows how to connect to the Baseboard Management Controller:

switch-A# connect bmc 1/1
Trying 127.5.1.1...                                          
Connected to 127.5.1.1.   
Escape character is '^]'.

NUOVA-IBMC login:

connect clp

To connect to DMTF CLP, use the connect clp command.

connect clp

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to connect to DMTF CLP:

switch-A# connect clp
/admin1 CLP ->

connect iom

To connect to an IO module, use the connect iom command.

connect iom id

Syntax Description

id	Chassis identification number. The valid range of values is 1 to 255.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to connect to a IO module:

switch-A# connect iom 1
Attaching to FEX 1 ...                                          
To exit type 'exit', to abort type '$.'  
fex-1#

connect nxos

To connect to the NX-OS, use the connect nxos command.

connect nxos [a | b]

Syntax Description

a	(Optional) Specifies switch A.
b	(Optional) Specifies switch B.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to NXOS:

switch-A-A# connect nxos b
Nexus 5000 Switch                                       
Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect 

TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac 

Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by
other third parties and are used and distributed under license. 
Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public
License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of
each such license is available at
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html 
switch-B#

create adapter

To create an adapter, use the create adapter command.

create adapter

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create an adapter:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # create adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show adapter
show chassis

create backup

To create a backup, use the create backup command.

create backup file { all-configuration | logical-configuration | system-configuration | full-state } { disabled | enabled }

Syntax Description

file	Managment file name. Use one of the following keywords for file type: ftp, scp, sftp, or tftp.
all-configuration	Specifies a server, fabric, and system-related configuration backup.
logical-configuration	Specifies a server and fabric backup.
system-configuration	Specifies a system-related configuration backup.
full-state	Specifies a full state backup for disaster recovery.
disabled	Specifies disabled.
enabled	Specifies enabled.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No more than one backup can be created and committed.

When you specify disabled, backup functionality is disabled. When you specify enabled, backup functionality is enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to create a backup:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled                                                            
Password:
switch-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /system/backup #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show backup
show image

create block

To create a block, use the create block command.

IP pool configuration create block from to default-gw subnet-mask

WWN pool, UUID pool, and MAC pool configuration create block from to

Syntax Description

from	From address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D.
to	To address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D.
default-gw	Default gateway.
subnet-mask	Subnet mask.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

IP pool (/org/ip-pool)

WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)

UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)

MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create addresses, identifiers, and world-wide names.

Use IP pool configuration mode to create IP address blocks. Use WWN pool, UUID pool, and MAC pool configuration mode to create addresses, UUIDs, and WWNs.

Examples

This example shows how to create a block:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope mac-pool mp1                                                   
switch-A /org/mac-pool # create block 1a:2b:3c:4d:21:31 1b:2a:3c:4d:21:31  
switch-A /org/mac-pool* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/mac-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show pooled

create boot-definition

To create a boot definition, use the create boot-definition command.

create boot-definition

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create a boot definition:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # create boot-definition   
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-definition
show lan

create boot-policy

To create a boot policy, use the create boot-policy command.

create boot-policy name purpose { operational | utility } *

Syntax Description

name	Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
purpose	Specifies the purpose of the policy.
operational	Specifies an operational policy.
utility	Specifies a utility policy.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create a boot policy:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # create boot-policy boot1                                                   
switch-A /org/boot-policy* #commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/boot-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show lan
show virtual-media

create cap-qual

To create an capacity qualification, use the create cap-qual command.

create cap-qual { fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if }

Syntax Description

fcoe	Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet.
non-virtualized-eth-if	Specifies non-virtualized Ethernet interface.
non-virtualized-fc-if	Specifies non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface.
path-encap-consolidated	Specifies path encapsulation consolidated.
path-encap-virtual	Specifies path encapsulation virtual.
protected-eth-if	Specifies protected Ethernet interface.
protected-fc-if	Specifies protected Fibre Channel interface.
protected-fcoe	Specifies protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet.
virtualized-eth-if	Specifies virtualized Ethernet interface.
virtualized-fc-if	Specifies virtualized Fibre Channel interface.
virtualized-scsi-if	Specifies virtualized SCSI interface.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Creates an adapter capacity qualification for the specified adapter type and enters organization server qualification adapter mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a capacity qualification:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2                                                                        
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter 1/1/1 
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # create cap-qual cq10
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show adapter
show server-qual

create certreq

To create a keyring certificate request, use the create certreq command.

create certreq { subject-name name | ip ip-address } + [ password password ]

Syntax Description

subject-name	Specifies subject name.
name	Subject name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
ip	Specifies IP address.
ip-address	IP address. The format is A.B.C.D.
password	(Optional) Specifies password.
password	Password. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Keyring (/security/keyring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you create a certreq you must set modulus.

Examples

This example shows how to create a keyring certificate request:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # scope keyring k1                                                
switch-A /security/keyring # create certreq subject-name cr3
switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/keyring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show certreq
show keyring

create chassis

To create a chassis, use the create chassis command.

create chassis min-id max-id

Syntax Description

min-id	Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255.
max-id	Maximum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Creates a chassis with the specified name, and enters organization chassis mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a chassis:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2                                             
switch-A /org/server-qual # create chassis 2 2
switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

create class chassis-stats

To create a chassis statistics class, use the create class chassis-stats command.

create class chassis-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for chassis statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a chassis statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy tp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class chassis-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show class

create class cmc-stats

To create a CMC statistics class, use the create class cmc-stats command.

create class cmc-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for CMC statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a chassis statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy tp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class cmc-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class cpu-stats

To create a CPU statistics class, use the create class cpu-stats command.

create class cpu-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for CPUs.

Examples

This example shows how to create a CPU statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class cpu-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class dimm-stats

To create a DIMM statistics class, use the create class dimm-stats command.

create class dimm-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for DIMMs.

Examples

This example shows how to create a DIMM statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class dimm-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ether-error-stats

To create an Ethernet error statistics class, use the create class ether-error-stats command.

create class ether-error-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet error statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet error statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-error-stats 
switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ether-if-stats

To create an Ethernet interface statistics class, use the create class ether-if-stats command.

create class ether-if-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet interface statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-if-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ether-loss-stats

To create an Ethernet loss statistics class, use the create class ether-loss-stats command.

create class ether-loss-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet loss statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet loss statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-loss-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ethernet-port-err-stats

To create an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-err-stats command.

create class ethernet-port-err-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port error statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet port error statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-err-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats

To create an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.

create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port multicast statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats

To create an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.

create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet port statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ethernet-port-stats

To create an Ethernet port statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats command.

create class ethernet-port-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet port statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets

To create an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.

create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port small packet statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets  
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
swicth-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets

To create an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.

create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port small packet statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets  
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
swicth-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ether-rx-stats

To create an Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the create class ether-rx-stats command.

create class ether-rx-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet recieve statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet recieve statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class eth-rx-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-uplink
show stats-threshold-policy

create class ether-tx-stats

To create an Ethernet transmission statistics class, use the create class ether-tx-stats command.

create class ether-tx-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet transmission statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet transmission statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class eth-tx-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-uplink
show stats-threshold-policy

create class fan-module-stats

To create a fan module statistics class, use the create class fan-module-stats command.

create class fan-module-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for fan module statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a fan module statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fan-module-stats 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fan-module
show stats-threshold-policy

create class fan-stats

To create a fan statistics class, use the create class fan-stats command.

create class fan-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for fan statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a fan statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fan-stats 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fan-module
show stats-threshold-policy

create class fc-error-stats

To create a Fibre Channel error statistics class, use the create class fc-error-stats command.

create class fc-error-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel error statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel error statistics class:

switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-error-stats
Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer 
Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class fc-if-event-stats

To create Fibre Channel event statistics, use the create class fc-if-event-stats command.

create class fc-if-event-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel event statistics.

Examples

The following example

switch-A # scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-event-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class fc-if-fc4-counters

To create Fibre Channel counters, use the create class fc-if-fc4-counters command.

create class fc-if-fc4-counters

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel counter statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create Fibre Channel counters:

switch-A # scope org org3
switch-A /org # switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-fc4-stats  
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class fc-if-frame-stats

To create a Fibre Channel frame statistics class, use the create class fc-if-frame-stats command.

create class fc-if-frame-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel frame statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel frame statistics class:

switch-A # scope org org3
switch-A /org # switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-frame-stats  
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class fc-port-stats

To create Fibre Channel port statistics class, use the create class fc-port-stats command.

create class fc-port-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel port statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel port statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-port-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class fc-stats

To create a Fibre Channel statistics class, use the create class fc-stats command.

create class fc-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel statistics class:

switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-stats
switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class mb-power-stats

To create a mother board power statistics class, use the create class mb-power-stats command.

create class mb-power-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for mother board power statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a mother board power statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class mb-power-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class mb-temp-stats

To create a temporary mother board statistics class, use the create class mb-temp-stats command.

create class mb-temp-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Mb statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a temporary mother board statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class mb-temp-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show class mb-temp-stats

create class memory-runtime

To create a memory runtime class, use the create class memory-runtime command.

create class memory-runtime

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create a memory runtime class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class memory-runtime 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show memory

create class menlo-dce-port-stats

To create a Menlo port statistics class, use the create class menlo-dce-port-stats command.

create class menlo-dce-port-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet port statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo port statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-dce-port-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-eth-error-stats

To create a Menlo Ethernet error statistics class, use the create class menlo-eth-error-stats command.

create class menlo-eth-error-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet error statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo Ethernet error statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-eth-error-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-eth-stats

To create a Menlo Ethernet statistics class, use the create class menlo-eth-stats command.

create class menlo-eth-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo Ethernet statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-eth-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-fc-error-stats

To create Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics, use the create class menlo-fc-error-stats command.

create class menlo-fc-error-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-fc-error-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-fc-stats

To create Menlo Fibre Channel statistics, use the create class menlo-fc-stats command.

create class menlo-fc-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Fibre Channel statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create Menlo Fibre Channel statistics:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-fc-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-host-port-stats

To create Menlo host port statistics, use the create class menlo-host-port-stats command.

create class menlo-host-port-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo host port statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create Menlo host port statistics:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-host-port-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats

To create a Menlo CPU error statistics class, use the create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats command.

create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo CPU error statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo CPU error statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-mcpu-stats

To create a Menlo CPU statistics class, use the create class menlo-mcpu-stats command.

create class menlo-mcpu-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo CPU statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo CPU statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-mcpu-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-net-eg-stats

To create a Menlo network egress statistics class, use the create class menlo-net-eg-stats command.

create class menlo-net-eg-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo network egress traffic statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo network egress statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-net-eg-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-net-in-stats

To create a Menlo network ingress statistics class, use the create class menlo-net-in-stats command.

create class menlo-net-in-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo network ingress traffic statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo network ingress statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-net-in-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-q-error-stats

To create a Menlo Qlogic error statistics class, use the create class menlo-q-error-stats command.

create class menlo-q-error-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Qlogic error statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo Qlogic error statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-q-error-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class menlo-q-stats

To create a Menlo Qlogic statistics class, use the create class menlo-q-stats command.

create class menlo-q-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Qlogic statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Menlo Qlogic statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-q-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class processor-runtime

To create a processor runtime statistics class, use the create class processor-runtime command.

create class processor-runtime

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create a processor runtime statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class processor-runtime
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-statistics

create class psu-input-stats

To create a power supply input statistics class, use the create class psu-input-stats command.

create class psu-input-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for power supply input statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a power supply input statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class psu-input-stats 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class psu-stats

To create a power supply statistics class, use the create class psu-stats command.

create class psu-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for power supply statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create power supply statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class psu-stats 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

create class system-stats

To create a system statistics class, use the create class system-stats command.

create class system-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for system statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a system statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class system-stats 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show system

create class vnic-stats

To create a Virtual NIC statistics class, use the create class vnic-stats command.

create class vnic-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Virtual NIC statistics.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Virtual NIC statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class vnic-stats 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show vnic-templ

create destination

To create an email destination, use the create destination command.

create destination email

Syntax Description

email

Email destination.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create an email destination:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome                                          
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile p3
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # create destination home@test.com
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show callhome
show destination

create dns

To create a DNS host name , use the create dns command.

create dns name

Syntax Description

name	DNS host name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create a DNS host name:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                          
switch-A /system/services # create dns dns10  
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show dns
show ntp

create dynamic-conn-policy

To create a dynamic VNIC connection policy, use the create dynamic-conn-policy command.

create dynamic-conn-policy name protection { none | protected } *

Syntax Description

name	Connection name. The range of valid values is 1 to
protection	Specifies that the connection is protected.
none	Specifies no protection.
protected	Specifies protection.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create a dynamic VNIC connection policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy cp10 protection none                                                   
switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy
show vnic-templ

create epuser

To create an end-point user, use the create epuser command.

create epuser name

Syntax Description

name	End-point user name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Creates the specified endpoint user and enters organization IPMI access profile endpoint user mode.

More than one endpoint user can be created within an IPMI access profile, with each endpoint user having its own password and privileges

Examples

This example shows how to create an end-point user:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ap10                                          
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # create epuser user10 
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show epuser
show ipmi-access-profile

create eth-if

To create an Ethernet interface, use the create eth-if command.

create eth-if name

Syntax Description

name	Interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                          
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vn10 
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create eth-if if10
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-profile
show service-profile

create eth-profile

To create an Ethernet profile, use the create eth-profile command.

create eth-profile name

Syntax Description

name	Profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet profile:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # create eth-profile ep10                                          
switch-A /org/eth-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/eth-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show failover
show interrupt

create fcoe-if

To create a FCoE (Fibre Channel over Ethernet) interface, use the create fcoe-if command.

create fcoe-if

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create an FCoE interface:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope service-profile sp1                                       
switch /org/service-profile # scope vnic 
switch /org/service-profile/vnic # create fcoe-if
switch /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer  
switch /org/service-profile/vnic #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show vnic

create fc-profile

To create a Fibre Channel profile, use the create fc-profile command.

create fc-profile name

Syntax Description

name	Profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a Fibre Channel profile, and enter organization Fibre Channel profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel profile:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create fc-profile fp3                                          
switch /org/fc-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/fc-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-profile
show fc-profile

create fw-host-pack

To create a host pack, use the create fw-host-pack command.

create fw-host-pack name

Syntax Description

name	Pack name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A pack is a collection of host firwmare images for devices like adapters, HBAs, NICs, and raid controllers.

Use this command to create a host firmware package and enter organization firmware host package mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a host pack:

switch-A# scope org org3
Pubs-A /org # create fw-host-pack hp4                                          
Pubs-A /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer  
Pubs-A /org/fw-host-pack #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fw- host-pack
show fw-mgmt-pack

create fw-mgmt-pack

To create a management pack, use the create fw-mgmt-pack command.

create fw-mgmt-pack name

Syntax Description

name	Pack name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A pack is a collection of host firwmare images for devices like adapters, HBAs, NICs, and raid controllers.

Use this command to create a management firmware package and enter organization firmware management package mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a management pack:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create fw-mgmt-pack mp4                                          
switch /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer  
switch /org/fw-host-pack #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fw- host-pack
show fw-mgmt-pack

create hv-conn

To create an HV connection, use the create hv-conn command.

create hv-conn protection { none | protected } *

Syntax Description

protection	Specifies that the connection is protected.
none	Specifies no protection.
protected	Specifies protection.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a Hypervisor connection, and enter organization HV connection mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a HV connection:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope service-profile sp1                                                
switch /org/service-profile # create hv-conn
switch /org/service-profile/hv-conn* # commit-buffer
switch /org/service-profile/hv-conn #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show connectivity
show hv-conn

create import-config

To create a import configuration, use the create import-config command.

create import-config { ftp: | scp: | sftp: | tftp: } { disabled | enabled } { merge | replace }

Syntax Description

ftp:	Specifies File Transfer Protocol.
scp:	Specifies Secure Copy Protocol.
sftp:	Specifies Secure File Transfer Protocol.
tftp:	Specifies Trivial File Transfer Protocol.
disabled	Specifies disabled.
enabled	Specifies enabled.
merge	Specifies merge.
replace	Specifies replace.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a configuration for importing files, and enter organization import configuration mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create an import configuration:

switch# scope system
switch /system # create import-config ftp: enabled replace                                       
switch /service/import-config* # commit-buffer 
switch /service/import-config #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show image
show import-config

create initiator

To create an initiator, use the create initiator command.

create initiator id

Syntax Description

id	Initiator identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a WWN initiator, and enter organization initiator mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create an initiator:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnpool3                                          
switch-A /org/wwn-pool # create initiator 
switch-A /org/wwn-pool/initiator* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/wwn-pool/initiator #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show block
show initiator

create interface

To create an interface, use the create interface command.

create interface slot-id port-id

Syntax Description

slot-id	Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5.
port-id	Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)

Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)

Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create an Ethernet or Fibre Channel interface, and enter organization interface mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create an interface:

switch# scope fc-uplink
switch /fc-uplink # scope switch b                                       
switch /fc-uplink/switch # create interface 5 10 
switch /fc-uplink/switch/interface* # commit-buffer
switch /fc-uplink/switch/interface #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show switch

create ipmi-access-profile

To create an IPMI (Intelligent Platform Management Interface) access profile, use the create ipmi-access-profile command.

create ipmi-access-profile name

Syntax Description

name	IPMI access profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create an IPMI access profile, and enter organization IPMI access profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create an IPMI access profile:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create ipmi-access-profile ipmiProf1                                          
switch /org/ipmi-access-profile* # commit-buffer
switch /org/ipmi-access-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show epuser
show ipmi-access-profile

create keyring

To create a keyring, use the create keyring command.

create keyring name

Syntax Description

name	Keyring name. The range of valid values is 1 to

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to implement RSA public-key cryptography, and enter organization keyring mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a keyring:

switch# scope security
switch /security # create keyring kr220                                          
switch /security/keyring* # commit-buffer 
switch /security/keyring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show keyring
show radius

create lan

To create a LAN, use the create lan command.

create lan

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Boot policy under organization (/org/boot-policy)

Boot definition under service-profile (/org/service-profile/boot-def)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a LAN, and enter organization lan mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a LAN:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp6                                       
switch-A /org/boot-policy # create lan 
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-policy
show lan

create local

To create local storage, use the create local command.

create local

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create local storage:

switch# scope org org10
switch /org # scope boot-policy bp10                                       
switch /org/boot-policy # scope storage 
switch /org/boot-policy/storage # create local storage10
switch /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/boot-policy/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local
show storage

create local-disk-config

To create a local disk configuration, use the create local-disk-config command.

create local-disk-config

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a local disk configuration, and enter organization local disk configuration mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a local disk configuration:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope service-profile sp1                                       
switch /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config 
switch /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # commit-buffer
switch /org/service-profile/local-disk-config #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-disk-config
show local-disk-config-policy

create local-disk-config-policy

To create a local disk configuration policy, use the create local-disk-config-policy command.

create local-disk-config-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Local disk configuration policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a local disk configuration policy, and enter organization local disk configuration policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a local disk configuration policy:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create local-disk-config-policy ldcp1                                       
switch /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer 
Pubs-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-disk-config
show local-disk-config-policy

create locale

To create a locale, use the create locale command.

create locale name

Syntax Description

name	Locale name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local user (/security/local-user)

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a locale, and enter organization local user mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a locale:

switch# scope security
switch /security # scope local-user lu1
switch /security # create locale locale1
switch /security/local-user* # commit-buffer                                          
switch /security/local-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show locale
show local-user

create local-user

To create a local user, use the create local-user command.

create local-user name

Syntax Description

name	Local user name. The range of valid values is 1 to 74.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a local user, and enter organization local user mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a local user:

switch# scope security
switch /security # scope local-user lu1
switch /security # create local-user lu2
switch /security/local-user* # commit-buffer                                          
switch /security/local-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show locale
show local-user

create mac-pool

To create a MAC pool, use the create mac-pool command.

create mac-pool name

Syntax Description

name	MAC pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to 70.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a block of MAC addresses, and enter organization MAC pool mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a MAC pool:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create mac-pool mp1                                          
switch /org/mac-pool* # commit-buffer   
switch /org/mac-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show block
show pooled

create mac-security

To create MAC security, use the create mac-security command.

create mac-security

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create MAC security, and enter organization MAC security mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create MAC security:

switch# scope eth-uplink
switch /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp1                                       
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile # create mac-security 
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/mac-security* # commit-buffer
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/mac-security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-security
show port-profile

create member-port

To create a member port, use the create member-port command.

create member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id

Syntax Description

a	Specifies port A.
b	Specifies port B.
slot-id	Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 5.
port-id	Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Port channel (/eth-uplink/switch/port-channel)

VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)

VSAN under fabric interconnect (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a member port, and enter organization member port mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a member port:

switch# scope eth-uplink
switch /eth-uplink # scope switch b                                             
switch /eth-uplink/switch # scope port-channel 3  
switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel # create member-port 2 4
switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel/member-port* # commit-buffer  
switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel/member-port #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show member-port
show port-channel

create memory

To create a memory qualifier, use the create memory command.

create memory

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a memory qualifier, and enter organization memory mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a memory qualifier:

Pubs-A# scope org org3
Pubs-A /org # scope server-qual sq20                                       
Pubs-A /org/server-qual # create memory 
Pubs-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer
Pubs-A /org/server-qual/memory #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

create network

To create a Ethernet interface, use the create network command.

create network name

Syntax Description

name	Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Use this command to create a network, and enter organization network mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface:

switch# scope eth-uplink
switch /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp1                                          
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile # create network eth1
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/network* # commit-buffer
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/network #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fc-uplink
show network

create ntp-server

To create an NTP server, use the create ntp-server command.

create ntp-server name

Syntax Description

name	Server name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create an NTP server, and enter organization NTP server mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create an NTP server:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                          
switch-A /system/services # create ntp-server ntps1   
switch-A /system/services/ntp-server* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services/ntp-server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show dns
show ntp

create nwctrl-policy

To create a network control policy, use the create nwctrl-policy command.

create nwctrl-policy policy-name

Syntax Description

policy-name

Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you create a network control policy, you can use the policy to perform the following tasks:

Enable CDP
Set up an uplink fail action

Examples

This example shows how to create a network control policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # create nwctrl-policy netCtrlP10                                        
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show nwctrl-policy
show service-policy

create org

To create an org, use the create org command.

create org name

Syntax Description

name	Org name. The range of valid values is 1 to 80.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Organizations are logical entities that you can use to divide up large physical infrastructures into smaller infrastructures.

Use this command to create an organization, and enter organization mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create an org:

Pubs-A# scope org org3
Pubs-A /org # create org org4                                          
Pubs-A /org* # commit-buffer  
Pubs-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show org

create org-ref

To create a organization reference, use the create org-ref command.

create org-ref name orgdn domain-name

Syntax Description

name	Organization name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
orgdn	Specifies the organization domain name.
domain-name	Domain name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Locale (/security/locale)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The create org-ref command creates a an organization reference to a locale. Use this command to create a organization reference, and enter organization organization reference mode.

You can specify more than one org-ref-name and orgdn-name argument on the same command line to reference multiple organizations to the locale, or you can add organizations to the same locale using multiple create org-ref commands.

Examples

This example shows how to create an organization reference to a locale:

switch# scope security
switch /security # scope locale locale1                                             
switch /security/locale # create org-ref or3 orgdn or30   
switch /security/locale/org-ref* # commit-buffer
switch /security/locale/org-ref #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show locale
show org

create pack-image

To create an image pack, use the create pack-image command.

create pack-image hw-vendor hw-model { server-bios | adapter | raid-controller | host-nic | host-hba | host-hba-optionrom } version

Syntax Description

hw-vendor	Hardware vendor.
hw-model	Hardware model number.
server-bios	Specifies the image for the server.
adapter	Specifies the image for the adapter.
raid-controller	Specifies the image for the RAID array.
host-nic	Specifies the image for the host NIC.
host-hba	Specifies the image for the host HBA.
host-hba-optionrom	Specifies the image for the host HBA optional ROM.
version	Hardware version.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Firmware management package (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)

Firmware host package (/org/fw-host-pack)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A pack is a collection of host firwmare images.

Use this command to create a pack-image, and enter organization pack image mode.

Keywords found in the create pack-image command are not supported in /org/fw-mgmt-pack mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create an image pack:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope fw-mgmt-pack fmp1                                                
switch /org/fw-mgmt-pack # create pack-image hp 1100 bmc 1.2  
switch /org/fw-mgmt-pack/pack-image* # commit-buffer  
switch /org/fw-mgmt-pack/pack-image #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fw-host-pack
show fw-mgmt-pack

create path

To create a LAN image path, use the create path command.

create path { primary | secondary }

Syntax Description

primary	Specifies a primary path.
secondary	Specifies specifies a secondary path.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

SAN image under boot-definition/storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image)

LAN under boot-policy (/org/boot-policy/lan)

LAN under boot-definition /org/service-profile/boot-def/lan

SAN image under boot-policy/storage (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The LAN image path is the path the vNIC used when booting from an image on a LAN, such as a PXE boot. For each path you can specify the vNIC to use.

Use this command to create a LAN image path, and enter organization path mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a LAN image path:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope boot-policy boot1                                             
switch /org/boot-policy # scope lan
switch /org/boot-policy/lan # create path primary
switch /org/boot-policy/lan/path* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/boot-policy/lan/path #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show lan
show path

create pin-group

To create a pin group, use the create pin-group command.

create pin-group name

Syntax Description

name	Pin group name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)

Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Pinning in Cisco UCS is only relevant to uplink ports.

When you determine the optimal configuration for pin groups and pinning for an uplink port, consider the estimated bandwidth usage for the servers. If you know that some servers in the system will use a lot of bandwidth, ensure that you pin these servers to different uplink ports.

Use this command to create a pin group, and enter organization pin-group mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a pin group:

switch# scope eth-uplink
switch /eth-uplink # create pin-group pg110
switch /eth-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer  
switch /eth-uplink/pin-group #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-uplink
show pin-group

create policy

To create a policy, use the create policy command.

callhome mode create policy { equipment-degraded | equipment-inoperable | fru-problem | identity-unestablishable | power-problem | thermal-problem | voltage-problem }

flow-control mode create policy name

Syntax Description

equipment-degraded	Specifies an equipment degraded policy.
equipment-inoperable	Specifies an equipment inoperable policy.
fru-problem	Specifies a field replaceable unit policy.
identity-unestablishable	Specifies an identity unestablishable policy.
power-problem	Specifies a power problem policy.
thermal-problem	Specifies a thermal problem policy.
voltage-problem	Specifies a voltage problem policy.
name	Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)

Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a policy, and enter either organization callhome or organization flow control mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a policy:

switch# scope eth-uplink
switch /eth-uplink # scope flow-control                                                         
switch /eth-uplink/flow-control # create policy policy1   
switch /eth-uplink/flow-control* # commit-buffer
switch /eth-uplink/flow-control #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show policy
show stats-threshold-policy

create pooling-policy

To create a pooling policy, use the create pooling-policy command.

create pooling-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Creates a server pooling policy, and enters organization pooling policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a pooling policy:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create pooling-policy pp110                                      
switch /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer  
switch /org/pooling-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show policy
show pooling-policy

create port-channel

To create a port channel, use the create port-channel command.

create port-channel id

Syntax Description

id	Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Fabric interconnect (/eth-uplink/fabric)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Consider using a port channel to make best use of capacity when multiple uplinks are used on a switch.

Use this command to create a port channel, and enter organization port channel mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a port channel:

switch# scope eth-uplink
switch /eth-uplink # scope switch b                                       
switch /eth-uplink/switch # create port-channel 20
switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel* # commit-buffer  
switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show port-channel
show switch

create port-profile

To create a port profile, use the create port-profile command.

create port-profile name

Syntax Description

name	Port profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a port profile, and enter organization port profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a port profile:

switch# scope eth-uplink
switch /eth-uplink # create port-profile pp110                                       
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-uplink
show port-profile

create processor

To create a processor, use the create processor command.

create processor

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a processor, and enter organization processor mode.

Only one processor qualifier can be created.

Examples

This example shows how to create a processor:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope server-qual sq20                                       
switch /org/server-qual # create processor 
switch /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer  
switch /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show processor
show server-qual

create profile

To create a profile, use the create profile command.

create profile name

Syntax Description

name	Profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a profile, and enter organization profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a profile:

switch# scope monitoring
switch /monitoring # scope callhome                                       
switch /monitoring/callhome # create profile p210
switch /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer  
switch /monitoring/callhome/profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show callhome
show profile

create property (cpu)

To create a CPU property, use the create property command.

create property { cpu-temp-max | cpu-temp | cpu-temp-avg | cpu-temp-min }

Syntax Description

cpu-temp-max	Specifies maximum CPU temperature.
cpu-temp	Specifies CPU temperature.
cpu-temp-avg	Specifies average CPU temperature.
cpu-temp-min	Specifies minimum CPU temperature.

Command Default

No CPU statistics are recorded.

Command Modes

Property (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a CPU property, and to enter property mode.

You must create a cpu-stats statistic class before you can create a CPU property.

Examples

This example shows how to create a CPU property:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class cpu-stats                                                  
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # create property cpu-temp 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show property
showw threshold-value

create property (packet errors)

To create a packet errors property, use the create property command.

create property { bad-crc-packets-delta | mac-discarded-packets-max | mac-discarded-packets-avg | bad-length-packets-max | bad-length-packets-delta | bad-crc-packets-avg | bad-length-packets-min | mac-discarded-packets-min | bad-crc-packets-max | mac-discarded-packets-delta | bad-length-packets-avg | bad-crc-packets-min }

Syntax Description

bad-crc-packets-delta	Specifies the change in the number of packets with a bad CRC.
mac-discarded-packets-max	Specifies the maximum number of packets that have been discarded because of MAC address.
mac-discarded-packets-avg	Specifies the average number of packets that have been discarded because of MAC address.
bad-length-packets-max	Specifies the maximum number of packets with bad length.
bad-length-packets-delta	Specifies the change in the number of packets with bad length.
bad-crc-packets-avg	Specifies the average number of packets with a bad CRC.
bad-length-packets-min	Specifies the minimum number of packets with bad length.
mac-discarded-packets-min	Specifies the minimum number of packets that have been discarded because of MAC address.
bad-crc-packets-max	Specifies the maximum number of packets with a bad CRC.
mac-discarded-packets-delta	Specifies the change in the number of packets that have been discarded because of MAC address.
bad-length-packets-avg	Specifies the number of packets with bad length.
bad-crc-packets-min	Specifies the minimum number of packets with a bad CRC.

Command Default

No packet error statistics are recorded.

Command Modes

Property (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a packet errors property, and to enter property mode.

You must create an Ethernet port error statistic class before you can create a packet size property.

Examples

This example shows how to create a packet discard or length property:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ethernet-port-err-stats                                                  
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # create property bad-crc-packets-max 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show property
showw threshold-value

create property (packet size)

To create a packet size property, use the create property command.

create property { oversized-packets-delta | undersized-bad-crc-packets-max | oversized-bad-crc-packets-delta | undersized-good-crc-packets-avg | oversized-packets-avg | oversized-good-crc-packets-max | oversized-bad-crc-packets-min | oversized-good-crc-packets-delta | oversized-bad-crc-packets-max | oversized-packets-max | undersized-good-crc-packets-min | undersized-bad-crc-packets-delta | oversized-bad-crc-packets-avg | undersized-bad-crc-packets-min | oversized-packets-min | oversized-good-crc-packets-min | oversized-good-crc-packets-avg | undersized-good-crc-packets-max | undersized-bad-crc-packets-avg | undersized-good-crc-packets-delta }

Syntax Description

oversized-packets-delta	Specifies the change in the number of oversized packets.
undersized-bad-crc-packets-max	Specifies the maximum number of undersized packets with a bad CRC.
oversized-bad-crc-packets-delta	Specifies the change in the number of oversized packets with a bad CRC.
undersized-good-crc-packets-avg	Specifies the average of undersized packets with a good CRC.
oversized-packets-avg	Specifies the average of oversized packets.
oversized-good-crc-packets-max	Specifies the maximum number of oversized packets with a good CRC.
oversized-bad-crc-packets-min	Specifies the minimum number of oversized packets with a bad CRC.
oversized-good-crc-packets-delta	Specifies the change in the number of oversized packets with a good CRC.
oversized-bad-crc-packets-max	Specifies the maximum number of oversized packets with a bad CRC.
oversized-packets-max	Specifies the maximum number of oversized packets.
undersized-good-crc-packets-min	Specifies the maximum number of undersized packets with a bad CRC.
undersized-bad-crc-packets-delta	Specifies the change in the number of undersized packets with a bad CRC.
oversized-bad-crc-packets-avg	Specifies the average of oversized packets with a bad CRC.
undersized-bad-crc-packets-min	Specifies the minimum number of undersized packets with a bad CRC.
oversized-packets-min	Specifies the minimum number of oversized packets.
oversized-good-crc-packets-min	Specifies the minimum number of oversized packets with a good CRC.
oversized-good-crc-packets-avg	Specifies the average of oversized packets with a good CRC.
undersized-good-crc-packets-max	Specifies the maximum number of undersized packets with a good CRC.
undersized-bad-crc-packets-avg	Specifies the average of undersized packets with a bad CRC.
undersized-good-crc-packets-delta	Specifies the change in the number of undersized packets with a good CRC.

Command Default

No packet size statistics are recorded.

Command Modes

Property (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a packet size property, and to enter property mode.

You must create an Ethernet port oversized/undersized packet statistic class before you can create a packet size property.

Examples

This example shows how to create a packet size property:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats                                                  
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # create property undersized-bad-crc-packets-max 
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show property
showw threshold-value

create qos-policy

To create a QoS policy, use the create qos-policy command.

create qos-policy name

Syntax Description

name	QoS policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a QoS policy, and enter organization QoS policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a QoS policy:

switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create qos-policy qp1                                          
switch /org/qos-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/qos-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show qos-policy
show vnic-egress-policy

create role

To create a role, use the create role command.

create role name

Syntax Description

name	Role name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local user (/security/local-user)

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a role, and enter organization role mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a role:

switch# scope security
switch /security # create role admin                                       
switch /security/role* # commit-buffer 
switch /security/role #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show role

create san-image

To create a SAN image, use the create san-image command.

create san-image { primary | secondary }

Syntax Description

primary	Specifies primary image.
secondary	Specifies secondary image.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Only one SAN image can be created and committed.

Use this command to create a SAN image, and enter organization SAN image mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a SAN image:

switch#scope org org3
switch /org # scope service-profile sp1
switch /org/service-profile # scope boot-def
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def # scope storage
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage # create san-image primary                                             
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local
show san-image

create scrub-policy

To create a scrub policy, use the create scrub-policy command.

create scrub-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Scrub policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a scrub policy, and enter organization scrub policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a scrub policy:

switch# scope org org100
switch /org # create scrub-policy scrub100 
switch /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer                                         
switch /org/scrub-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server-disc-policy
show scrub-policy

create server

To create a server, use the create server command.

create server { name | chassis-id/slot-id }

Syntax Description

name	Server name. Valid entries for this value are a name or an IP address. The range of valid values for a name is 1 to 16.
chassis-id/slot-id	Chassis and slot identification numbers.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

VMware management (/system/vm-mgmt)

LDAP (/security/ldap)

TACACS (/security/tacacs)

RADIUS (/security/radius)

Server pool (/org/server-pool)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command takes the name argument only in the /org/server-pool mode.

Use this command to create a server, and enter organization server mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a server:

switch#scope security
switch /security # scope radius                                          
switch /security/radius # create server radius 209.165.200.226 
switch /security/radius/server* # commit-buffer
switch /security/radius/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show aaa
show server

create server-autoconfig-policy

To create a server automatice configuration policy, use the create server-autoconfig-policy command.

create server-autoconfig-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The server-autoconfig-policy command is definable only in org /.

Use this command to create a server automatic configuration policy with the specified policy name, and enters organization server automatic configuration policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a server autoconfiguration policy:

switch#scope org org3
switch /org # create server-autoconfig-policy sap110                                          
switch /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer
switch /org/server-autoconfig-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server-disc-policy
show server-autoconfig-policy

create server-disc-policy

To create a server discovery policy, use the create server-disc-policy command.

create server-disc-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Server discovery policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The server-disc-policy command is definable only in org /.

Use this command to create a server discovery policy, and enter organization server discovery policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a server discovery policy:

switch#scope org org3
switch /org # create server-disc-policy sdp110                                          
switch /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer
switch /org/server-disc-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server-disc-policy
show server-autoconfig-policy

create server-inherit-policy

To create a server inherit policy, use the create server-inherit-policy command.

create server-inherit-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The server-inherit-policy command is definable only in org /.

Use this command to create a server inherit policy, and enter organization server inherit policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a server inherit policy:

switch#scope org /
switch /org # create server-inherit-policy sip110                                          
switch /org/server-inherit-policy* # commit-buffer
switch /org/server-inherit-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server-disc-policy
show server-inherit-policy

create server-pool

To create a server pool, use the create server-pool command.

create server-pool name

Syntax Description

name	Server pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a server pool, and enter organization server pool mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a server pool:

switch#scope org org3
switch /org # create server-pool sPool10                                          
switch /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/server-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show org
show server-pool

create server-qual

To create a server qualifier, use the create server-qual command.

create server-qual name

Syntax Description

name	Server qualifier name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a server qualifier, and enter organization server qualification mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a server qualifier:

switch#scope org org3
switch /org # create server-qual sql10                                          
switch /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server-pool
show server-qual

create service-profile

To create a service profile, use the create service-profile command.

create service-profile name [ initial-template | instance | updating-template ]

Syntax Description

name	Service profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
initial-template	Specifies
instance	Specifies
updating-template	Specifies

Command Default

None.

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a service profile, and enter organization service profile mode.

Examples

The following example

switch# scope org org110
switch /org # create service-profile spEast110                                                   
switch /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ipmi-access-profile
show service-profile

create slot

To create a slot, use the create slot command.

create slot min-id max-id

Syntax Description

min-id	Minimum slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8.
max-id	Maximum slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Chassis (/org/server-qual/chassis)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a slot with the specified ID, and enters organization slot mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a slot:

switch# scope org org10
switch /org # scope server-qual sq10                                             
switch /org/server-qual # scope chassis 1 1
switch /org/server-qual/chassis # create slot 1 1
switch /org/server-qual/chassis/slot* # commit-buffer
switch /org/server-qual/chassis/slot #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show slot

create snmp-trap

To create an SNMP trap, use the create snmp-trap command.

create snmp-trap name

Syntax Description

name	Host IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must create an SNMP community before you create an SNMP trap.

Examples

This example shows how to create an SNMP trap:

switch#scope monitoring
switch /monitoring # create snmp-trap 209.165.200.226                                          
switch /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer
switch /monitoring/snmp-trap #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-trap

create snmp-user

To create an SNMPv3 user, use the create snmp-user command.

create snmp-useruser-name

Syntax Description

user-name

User name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to create an SNMPv3 user:

switch-A# scope monitoring                                        
switch-A /monitoring # create snmp-user snmpUser10
switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-user

create sol-config

To create a Serial over LAN (SoL) configuration, use the create sol-config command.

create sol-config

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a SoL configuration, and enter organization SoL configuration mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a SoL configuration:

switch-A# scope org org30
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp30a                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # create sol-config
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show sol-config
show sol-policy

create sol-policy

To create an SoL policy, use the create sol-policy command.

create sol-policy name

Syntax Description

name	SoL policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a SoL policy with the specified name, and enters organization SoL policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a SoL policy:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # create sol-policy solpol1                                                
switch-A /org/sol-policy* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/sol-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show org
show sol-policy

create stats-threshold-policy

To create a statistics threshold policy, use the create stats-threshold-policy command.

create stats-threshold-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a statistics threshold policy, and enter organization statistics threshold policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a statistics threshold policy:

switch# scope org org10
switch /org # create stats-threshold-policy stp10                                                
switch /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show pooling-policy
show stats-threshold-policy

create storage

To create storage, use the create storage command.

create storage

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)

Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a storage qualification, and enter organization server qualification storage mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create storage:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1                                                
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-def bd1  
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-def # create storage 
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage* # commit-buffer 
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-definition
show storage

create trustpoint

To create a trust point, use the create trustpoint command.

create trustpoint name

Syntax Description

name	Trust point name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to identify the trustpoints that will be used to validate a certificate during Internet Key Exchange (IKE) authentication, and enter organization trustpoint mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a trustpoint:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # create trustpoint tPoint10                                       
switch-A /security/trustpoint* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/trustpoint # create fcoe-if

Related Commands

Command	Description
show keyring
show trustpoint

create uuid-suffix-pool

To create a UUID suffix pool, use the create uuid-suffix-pool command.

create uuid-suffix-pool name

Syntax Description

name	UUID suffix pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Creates a UUID suffix pool with the specified name, and enters organization UUID suffix pool mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a UUID suffix pool:

switch-A# scope org org3                                       
switch-A /org # create uuid-suffix-pool uuidsp1 
switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show uuid-suffix-pool
show wwn-pool

create vhba

To create a virtual HBA vHBA), use the create vhba command.

create vhba name { fabric { a | b } | fc-if fc-if } *

Syntax Description

name	vHBA name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
fabric	Specifies a fabric.
a	Specifies fabric A.
b	Specifies fabric B.
fc-if	Specifies a Fibre Channel interface.
interface-name	Interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a vHBA, and enter organization virtual HBA mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vHBA:

switch-A# scope org org30
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10a                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # create vhba 10a 
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba
show vnic

create vhba-templ

To create a vHBA template, use the create vhba-templ command.

create vhba-templ name { fabric { a | b } | fc-if fci-name } *

Syntax Description

name	vHBA template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
fabric	Specifies fabric.
a	Specifies fabric A.
b	Specifies fabric B.
fc-if	Specifies a Fibre Channel interface.
fci-name	Fibre Channel interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A vHBA is a virtualized host bus adapter that is configured on a physical network adapter and appears to be a physical HBA to the operating system of the server. The type of adapter in the system determines how many vHBAs you can create.

Use this command to create a vHBA template, and enter organization virtual HBA template mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vHBA template:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # create vhba-templ vhbat10                                       
switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/vhba-templ #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fc-if
show vhba-templ

create virtual-media

To create virtual media, use the create virtual-media command.

create virtual-media { read-only | read-write }

Syntax Description

read-only	Specifies read-only virtual media.
read-write	Specifies read and write virtual media.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)

Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create virtual media with the specified name, and enters organization virtual-media mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create virtual media:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-def 
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition # create virtual-media read-write
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/virtual-media* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/virtual-media #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show storage
show virtual-media

create vlan

To create a VLAN, use the create vlan command.

create vlan name id

Syntax Description

name	VLAN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
id	VLAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 3967 and 4048 to 4093.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Switch (/eth-uplink/switch)

Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a VLAN pool with the specified name, and enters organization vlan mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a VLAN:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # create vlan vlan1 10                                       
switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show vlan

create vnic

To create a VNIC (Virtual Network Interface Card), use the create vnic command.

create vnic name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | eth-if eth-if } *

Syntax Description

name	VNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
fabric	Specifies the fabric switch identification number.
a	Specifies switch A.
a-b	Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary.
b	Specifies switch B.
b-a	Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary.
eth-if	Specifies a Ethernet interface.
eth-if	Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a vNIC with the specified name, and enters organization virtual NIC mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vNIC:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # create vnic vnic110 
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show vnic

create vnic-egress-policy

To create a VNIC egress policy, use the create vnic-egress-policy command.

create vnic-egress-policy

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Virtual NIC QoS (/org/vnic-qos)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Use this command to create a vNIC egress policy, and enter organization virtual NIC egress policy mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vNIC egress policy:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope vnic-qos vnicq1                                       
switch-A /org/vnic-qos # create vnic-egress-policy 
switch-A /org/vnic-qos* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/vnic-qos #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vnic
show vnic-egress-policy

create vnic-templ

To create a VNIC template, use the create vnic-templ command.

create vnic-templ name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | target { adapter | vm } + | eth-if eth-if } *

Syntax Description

name	vNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
fabric	Specifies the fabric switch identification number.
a	Specifies switch A.
a-b	Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary.
b	Specifies switch B.
b-a	Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary.
target	Specifies the target, either adapter or vm.
adapter	Specifies the adapter.
vm	Specifies the virtual machine.
eth-if	Specifies a Ethernet interface.
eth-if	Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a vNIC template, and enters organization virtual NIC template mode.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vNIC template:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # create vnic-templ vnict1 eth-if 10                                       
switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/vnic-templ #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-if
show vnic-templ

create vsan

To create a VSAN, use the create vsan command.

create vsan name id fcoe-vlan

Syntax Description

name	VSAN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
id	VSAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093.
default-2	Specifies default 1.
fcoe-vlan	Fibre Channel over Ethernet VLAN. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093.
default-1	Specifies default 2.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)

Switch (/fc-uplink/switch)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a VSAN with the specified name, and enters organization VSAN mode.

You can create a named VSAN with IDs from 1 to 4093. VSANs configured on different FCoE VLANs cannot share the same ID.

Examples

This example shows how to create a VSAN:

switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # create vsan vs2 6 10                                       
switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vif
show vsan

create wwn-pool

To create a WWN (World Wide Name) pool, use the create wwn-pool command.

create wwn-pool name { node-wwn-assignment | port-wwn-assignment }

Syntax Description

name	WWN pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
node-wwn-assignment	Specifies world wide node name assignment.
port-wwn-assignment	Specifies world wide node port assignment.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a WWN pool with the specified name, and enters organization WWN pool mode.

A WWN pool can include only WWNNs or WWPNs in the 20:xx range. All other WWN ranges are reserved.

Examples

This example shows how to create a WWN pool:

switch-A# scope org org3                                       
switch-A /org # create wwn-pool wwnp1 port-wwn-assignment 
switch-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/wwn-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show wwn-pool

cycle

To cycle a server, use the cycle command.

cycle { cycle-immediate | cycle-wait }

Syntax Description

cycle-immediate	Specifies cycle immediately.
cycle-wait	Specifies wait to cycle.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to cycle a server:

switch-A# scope server 2/4
switch-A /chassis/server # cycle cycle-immediate                                            
switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /chassis/server #

decommission chassis

To decommission a chassis, use the decommission chassis command.

decommission chassis id

Syntax Description

id	Chassis identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to decommission a chassis:

switch-A# decommission chassis 2
switch-A* # commit-buffer                                          
switch-A #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

decommission server

To decommission a server, use the decommission server command.

decommission server chassis-id/blade-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id/blade-id

Server chassis and blade identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to decommission a server:

switch-A# decommission server 1 1
switch-A* # commit-buffer                                          
switch-A #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

delete adapter

To delete the adapter, use the delete adapter command.

delete adapter

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an adapter:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal100
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete adapter                                      
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show adapter
show server-qual

delete backup

To delete backup, use the delete backup command.

delete backup name

Syntax Description

name	Backup name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete backup:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # delete backup backUpFDrive                                          
switch-A /system* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show backup
show import-config

delete block

To delete a block, use the delete block command.

delete block from to

Syntax Description

from	Start UUID.
to	End UUID.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)

IP pool (/org/ip-pool)

WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)

MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a block:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool usp10                                                
switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # delete block 1234-123412341230 1234-123412341234 
switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show block
show pooled

delete boot-definition

To delete a boot definition, use the delete boot-definition command.

delete boot-definition

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a boot definition:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete boot-definition bp10 
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-definition
show boot-policy

delete boot-policy

To delete a boot policy, use the delete boot-policy command.

delete boot-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Boot policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a boot policy:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # delete boot-policy bp110                                          
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-policy
show chassis-disk-policy

delete certreq

To delete a certificate request, use the delete certreq command.

delete certreq

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Keyring (/security/keyring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete certificate request:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # scope keyring kr10                                       
switch-A /security/keyring # delete certreq
switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer                                       
switch-A /security/keyring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show certreq
showkeyring

delete chassis

To delete a chassis, use the delete chassis command.

delete chassis min-id max-id

Syntax Description

min-id	Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8.
max-id	Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a chassis:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10                                             
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete chassis 1 1
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server-qual

delete class chassis-stats

To delete the chassis statistics class, use the delete class chassis-stats command.

delete class chassis-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the chassis statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class chassis-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show stats-threshold-policy

delete class cpu-stats

To delete the CPU statistics class, use the delete class cpu-stats command.

delete class cpu-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

The following example shows how to delete the CPU statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class cpu-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show class

delete class dimm-stats

To delete the DIMM statistics class, use the delete class dimm-stats command.

delete class dimm-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the DIMM statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class dimm-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

delete class ether-error-stats

To delete the Ethernet error statistics class, use the delete class ether-error-stats command.

delete class ether-error-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the Ethernet error statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-error-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

delete class ether-if-stats

To delete the Ethernet interface statistics class, use the delete class ether-if-stats command.

delete class ether-if-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the Ethernet interface statistics class:

switch-A#scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp20                                       
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-if-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show ether-if-stats

delete class ether-loss-stats

To delete the Ethernet loss statistics class, use the delete class ether-loss-stats command.

delete class ether-loss-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the Ethernet loss statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-loss-stats 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

delete class ether-rx-stats

To delete the Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the delete class ether-rx-stats command.

delete class ether-rx-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the Ethernet recieve statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-rx-stats 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

delete class ether-tx-stats

To delete the Ethernet transmit statistics class, use the delete class ether-tx-stats command.

delete class ether-tx-stats

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the Ethernet transmit statistics class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10                                       
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-tx-stats 
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class
show stats-threshold-policy

delete destination

To delete the destination, use the delete destination command.

delete destination email

Syntax Description

email

Email destination.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the destination:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome 
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile pro10                                      
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # delete destination test@csx.com
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show destination
show profile

delete dns

To delete DNS service, use the delete dns command.

delete dns name

Syntax Description

name	DNS service name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete DNS service:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                       
switch-A /system/services # delete dns dns100
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer                                       
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show dns
show ntp

delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy

To delete a dynamic vNIC connection policy, use the delete dynamic-conn-policy command.

delete dynamic-conn-policy name

Syntax Description

name	vNIC connection policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a dynamic vNIC connection policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp10
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
show stats-threshold-policy

delete epuser

To delete an end-point user, use the delete epuser command.

delete epuser name

Syntax Description

name	End-point user name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an end-point user:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10                                          
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # delete epuser epuser10 
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show epuser
show ipmi-access-profile

delete eth-if

To delete an Ethernet interface, use the delete eth-if command.

delete eth-if name

Syntax Description

name	Ethernet interface name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command

Examples

This example shows how to delete an Ethernet interface:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete eth-if ethIF10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show service-profile sp10
show vnic

delete eth-profile

To delete an Ethernet profile, use the delete eth-profile command.

delete eth-profile name

Syntax Description

name	Ethernet profile name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This following example shows how to delete an Ethernet profile:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete eth-profile ep10                                       
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-profile
show service-profile

delete fc-profile

To delete a Fibre Channel profile, use the delete fc-profile command.

delete fc-profile name

Syntax Description

name	Fibre Channel profile name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a Fibre Channel profile:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete fc-profile fcp10                                       
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-profile
show fc-profile

delete image

To delete an image, use the delete image command.

delete image { name } | { type { adapter | server-bios | bmc | host-hba | host-hba-combined | host-hba-optionrom | host-nic | iom | raid-controller | switch-kernel | switch-software | system | unspecified } | version version } +

Syntax Description

name	Image name.
type	Specifies image type.
adapter	Specifies an adapter image.
server-bios	Specifies the server BIOS image.
bmc	Specifies the BMC image.
host-hba	Specifies the host HBA image.
host-hba-combined	Specifie the combined host HBA image.
host-hba-optionrom	Specifies the host optional ROM image.
host-nic	Specifies the host NIC image.
iom	Specifies the I/O module image.
raid-controller	Specifies the RAID controller image.
switch-kernel	Specifies the switch kernel image.
switch-software	Specifies the switch software image.
system	Specifies the system image.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified image.
version	Specifies the version number.
version	Version number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Firmware (/firmware)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an image:

switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware # delete image serverImage10                                                                                    
switch-A /firmware* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /firmware #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show image
show package

delete import-config

To delete an import configuration, use the delete import-config command.

delete import-config name

Syntax Description

name	Import configuration name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an import configuration:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # delete import-config ic10 
switch-A /system* # commit-buffer                                         
switch-A /system #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show import-config
show managed-entity

delete initiator

To delete an initiator, use the delete initiator command.

delete initiator id

Syntax Description

id	Initiator identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an initiator:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnp10 
switch-A /org/wwn-pool # delete initiator init10                                                                                   
switch-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/wwn-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show initiator
show wwn-pool

delete interface

To delete an interface, use the delete interface command.

delete interface slot-id port-id

Syntax Description

slot-id	Slot identification number.
port-id	Port identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Switch under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/switch)

Switch under Ethernet server (/eth-server/switch)

Switch under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/switch)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an interface:

switch-A#scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b                                             
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # delete interface 1 3
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer
switch /eth-uplink/fabric #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show vlan

delete ipmi-access-profile

To delete an IPMI access profile, use the delete ipmi-access-profile command.

delete ipmi-access-profile name

Syntax Description

name	IPMI access profile name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an IPMI access profile:

switch-A# scope org org300
switch-A /org # delete ipmi-access-profile ipmiap100 
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer                                         
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show service-profile
show ipmi-access-profile

delete keyring

To delete a keyring, use the delete keyring command.

delete keyring name

Syntax Description

name	Keyring name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a keyring:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # delete keyring kr10                                                                                    
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show keyring
show trustpoint

delete lan

To delete the LAN, use the delete lan command.

delete lan

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the LAN:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10 
switch-A /org/boot-policy # delete lan                                                                                   
switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/boot-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-policy
show lan

delete local

To delete the local storage, use the delete local command.

delete local

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the local storage:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10 
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # delete local                                                                                   
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local
show storage

delete locale

To delete a locale, use the delete locale command.

delete locale name

Syntax Description

name	Locale name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local user (/security/local-user)

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a locale:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # delete locale dtoEngineering
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show locale
show role

delete local-disk-config

To delete the local disk configuration, use the delete local-disk-config command.

delete local-disk-config

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the local disk configuration:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete local-disk-config                                                                                   
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-disk-config
show local-disk-config-policy

delete local-user

To delete a local user, use the delete local-user command.

delete local-user name

Syntax Description

name	Local user name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to delete a user account.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a local user:

switch-B# scope security
switch-B /security # delete local-user lu1                                          
switch-B /security* # commit-buffer 
switch-B /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show remote-user

delete mac-pool

To delete a MAC pool, use the delete mac-pool command.

delete mac-pool name

Syntax Description

name	MAC pool name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a MAC pool:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete mac-pool mp10                                                                                    
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show server-pool

delete mac-security

To delete MAC security, use the delete mac-security command.

delete mac-security

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to delete the MAC security policy.

Examples

This example shows how to delete MAC security:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp10 
switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile # delete mac-security                                                                                   
switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-security
show port-profile

delete member-port

To delete a member port, use the delete member-port command.

port channel configuration delete member-port slot-id port-id

vsan configuration delete member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id

Syntax Description

a	Specifies switch A.
b	Specifies switch B.
slot-id	Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5.
port-id	Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Port channel (/eth-uplink/switch/port-channel)

VSAN (/fc-uplink/switch/vsan)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a member port:

switch-A#scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a                                             
switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan vs1  
switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # delete member-port a 3 3
switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer
switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fc-uplink
show port-channel

delete memory

To delete memory, use the delete memory command.

delete memory

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete memory:

switch-A# scope org org99
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq100                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete memory
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show server-qual

delete nwctrl-policy

To delete a network control policy, use the delete nwctrl-policy command.

delete nwctrl-policy policy-name

Syntax Description

policy-name

Policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a network control policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete nwctrl-policy netCtrlP10
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer                                       
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show nwctrl-policy
show service-policy

delete org-ref

To delete an organization reference, use the delete org-ref command.

delete org-ref name

Syntax Description

name	Organization reference name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Locale (/security/locale)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an organization reference:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope locale
switch-A /security/locale # delete org-ref marketing
switch-A /security/locale* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/locale #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show locale
show org

delete path

To delete the path, use the delete path command.

delete path { primary | secondary }

Syntax Description

primary	Specifies the primary path.
secondary	Specifies the secondary path.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

SAN image (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)

LAN (/org/boot-policy/lan)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the path:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10                                        
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # delete path primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show lan
show storage

delete pin-group

To delete the pin group, use the delete pin-group command.

delete pin-group name

Syntax Description

name	Pin group name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)

Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the pin group:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # delete pin-group pg10                                        
switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show pin-group
show port-profile

delete policy

To delete a policy, use the delete policy command.

callhome mode delete policy { equipment-degraded | equipment-inoperable | fru-problem | identity-unestablishable | thermal-problem | voltage-problem }

flow control mode delete policy name

Syntax Description

equipment-degraded	Specifies an equipment degraded policy.
equipment-inoperable	Specifies an equipment inoperable policy.
fru-problem	Specifies a field replaceable unit policy.
identity-unestablishable	Specifies an identity unestablishable policy.
power-problem	Specifies a power problem policy.
thermal-problem	Specifies a thermal problem policy.
voltage-problem	Specifies a voltage problem policy.
name	Policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)

Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a policy:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control                                                         
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # delete policy policy1   
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show policy
show stats-threshold-policy

delete pooling-policy

To delete a pooling policy, use the delete pooling-policy command.

delete pooling-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Pooling policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a pooling policy:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # delete pooling-policy pp110                                      
switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/pooling-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show pooling-policy

delete port-channel

To delete a port channel, use the delete port-channel command.

delete port-channel port-id

Syntax Description

port-id

Port identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Fabric interconnect (/eth-uplink/fabric)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a port channel:

switch-A#scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b                                          
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # delete port-channel 10  
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fabric
show port-channel

delete processor

To delete a processor, use the delete processor command.

delete processor

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a processor:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                        
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete processor
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

delete qos-policy

To delete a QoS policy, use the delete qos-policy command.

delete qos-policy name

Syntax Description

name	QoS policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a QoS policy:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # delete qp1                                          
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show qos-policy
show vnic-egress-policy

delete role

To delete a role, use the delete role command.

delete role name

Syntax Description

name	Role name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local user (/security/local-user)

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a role:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user appsUser                                          
switch-A /security/local-user # delete role appsUser 
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/local-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show role

delete scrub-policy

To delete a scrub policy, use the delete scrub-policy command.

delete scrub-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Scrub policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a scrub policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete scrub-policy scrub101                                          
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show qos-policy
show scrub-policy

delete server

To delete a server, use the delete server command.

delete server chassis-id blade-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id	Server identification number.
blade-id	Server identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server pool (/org/server-pool)

RADIUS (/security/radius)

TACACS (/security/tacacs)

LDAP (/security/ldap)

VMware management (/system/vm-mgmt)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a server:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-pool spGroup10                                                
switch-A /org/server-pool # delete server 1 1 
switch-A /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/server-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server
show server-pool

delete server-disc-policy

To delete a server discovery policy, use the delete server-disc-policy command.

delete server-disc-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Server discovery policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a server discovery policy:

switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # delete server-disc-policy sdp100
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis-disc-policy
show server-disc-policy

delete server-pool

To delete a server pool, use the delete server-pool command.

delete server-pool name

Syntax Description

name	Server pool name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a server pool:

switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # delete server-pool serverpool101
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer                                          
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show server-pool

delete server-qual

To delete a server qualifier, use the delete server-qual command.

delete server-qual name

Syntax Description

name	Server qualifier name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a server qualifier:

switch-A#scope org org3
switch-A /org # delete server-qual sql10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server-pool
show server-qual

delete storage

To delete storage, use the delete storage command.

delete storage

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete storage:

switch-A# scope org org200
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sQual220                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete storage  
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show storage

delete target

To delete a target, use the delete target command.

delete target { a | b | dual }

Syntax Description

a	Specifies switch A.
b	Specifies switch B.
dual	Specifies

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)

Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a target:

switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # scope pin-group pGroup10                                                
switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group # delete target a 
switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show pin-group
show target

delete trustpoint

To delete a trustpoint, use the delete trustpoint command.

delete trustpoint name

Syntax Description

name	Trustpoint name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a trustpoint:

switch# scope security
switch /security # delete trustpoint tp10                                          
switch /security* # commit-buffer 
switch /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show authentication
show trustpoint

delete uuid-suffix-pool

To delete a UUID suffix pool, use the delete uuid-suffix-pool command.

delete uuid-suffix-pool name

Syntax Description

name	UUID suffix pool name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a UUID suffix pool:

switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # delete uuid-suffix-pool pool101
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer                                          
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show uuid-suffix-pool

delete vhba

To delete a virtual HBA, use the delete vhba command.

delete vhba name

Syntax Description

name	Virtual HBA name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a virtual HBA:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vhba vHBA10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba
show vnic

delete vlan

To delete a VLAN, use the delete vlan command.

delete vlan name

Syntax Description

name	VLAN name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a VLAN:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # delete vlan vlan1                                          
switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-uplink #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show vlan

delete vnic

To delete a virtual NIC, use the delete vnic command.

delete vnic name

Syntax Description

name	Virtual NIC name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vnic vNIC10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba
show vnic

delete vnic-templ

To delete a virtual NIC template, use the delete vnic-templ command.

delete vnic-templ name

Syntax Description

name	Virtual NIC template name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC template:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete vnic-templ vnicT10
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/wwn-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba-templ
show vnic-templ

delete vsan

To delete a VSAN, use the delete vsan command.

delete vsan name

Syntax Description

name	VSAN name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a VSAN:

switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # delete vsan vs110
switch-A /fc-uplink* # commit-buffer
switch-A /fc-uplink #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show pin-group
show vsan

delete wwn-pool

To delete a WWN pool, use the delete wwn-pool command.

delete wwn-pool name

Syntax Description

name	WWN pool name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a WWN pool:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete wwn-pool wwnP10
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/wwn-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show org
show wwn-pool

disable cdp

To disable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), use the disable cdp command.

disable cdp

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to disable CDP:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope nwctrl-policy nCP10                                        
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy # disable cdp
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show nwctrl-policy
show org

disable cimxml

To disable CIM XML services, use the disable cimxml command.

disable cimxml

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

CIM XML services are enabled.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to disable CIM XML services:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # disable cimxml 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer                                      
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show dns

disable http

To disable HTTP services, use the disable http command.

disable http

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

HTTP services are enabled.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to disable HTTP services:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # disable http 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer                                      
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show http
show https

disable https

To disable HTTPS services, use the disable https command.

disable https

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

HTTPS services are enabled.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to disable HTTPS services:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # disable https 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer                                      
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show https
show ntp

disable snmp

To disable SNMP services, use the disable snmp command.

disable snmp

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

SNMP services are enabled.

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to disable SNMP services:

switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # disable snmp 
switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer                                      
switch-A /monitoring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp-trap
show stats-collection-policy

disable telnet-server

To disable TELNET server services, use the disable telnet-server command.

disable telnet-server

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

TELNET server services are enabled.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to disable TELNET server services:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # disable telnet-server 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer                                      
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ssh-server
show telnet-server

disassociate

To disassociate servers, use the disassociate command.

disassociate

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to disassociate servers:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 
switch-A /org/service-profile # disassociate                                      
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server
show service-profile

download image

To download an image, use the download image command.

download image { ftp: | scp: | sftp: | tftp: }

Syntax Description

ftp:	Specifies FTP.
scp:	Specifies SCP.
sftp:	Specifies SFTP.
tftp:	Specifies TFTP.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Firmware (/firmware)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to download an image:

switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware # download image 
scp://user1@192.168.10.10/images/ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.0.988.gbin                                         
switch-A /firmware* # commit-buffer
switch-A /firmware #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show image
show package

enable cdp

To enable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), use the enable cdp command.

enable cdp

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you enable CDP, you can use it to obtain addresses of other devices in your network. You can also use it to discover the platforms of those devices.

Examples

This example shows how to enable CDP:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope nwctrl-policy nCP10                                        
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy # enable cdp
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show nwctrl-policy
show snmp

enable cimxml

To CIM (Common Information Model) XML services, use the enable cimxml command.

enable cimxml

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

CIM XML services are disabled.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.

Examples

This example shows how to enable CIM XML services:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                     
switch-A /system/services # enable cimxml
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show dns

enable core-export-target

To enable a core export target, use the enable core-export-target command.

enable core-export-target

Command Default

Core export target services are disabled.

Command Modes

System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enable a core export target:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug                                       
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # enable core-export-target 
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cores
show core-export-target

enable http

To enable HTTP services, use the enable http command.

enable http

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

HTTP services are disabled.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.

Examples

This example shows how to enable HTTP services:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                       
switch-A /system/services # enable http 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show http

enable https

To enable HTTPS services, use the enable https command.

enable https

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

HTTPS services are disabled.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.

Examples

This example shows how to enable HTTPS services:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                       
switch-A /system/services # enable https 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show https

enable snmp

To enable SNMP services, use the enable snmp command.

enable snmp

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

SNMP services are disabled.

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.

Examples

This example shows how to enable SNMP services:

switch-A#scope monitoring                                       
switch-A /monitoring # enable snmp 
switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show snmp-trap

enable telnet-server

To enable TELNET server services, use the enable telnet-server command.

enable telnet-server

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

TELNET server services are disabled.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.

Examples

This example shows how to enable TELNET server services:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                       
switch-A /system/services # enable telnet-server 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ssh-server
show telnet-server

enter adapter

To enter the adapter, use the enter adapter command.

enter adapter

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enter adapter capacity qualification. In this qualification, you can create and delete capacity qualifications. Use the exit command to exit adapter.

If you are entering an adapter for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.

Examples

This example shows how to enter the adapter:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter adapter 
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show adapter
show cap-qual

enter chassis

To enter a chassis, use the enter chassis command.

enter chassis min-chassis-id max-chassis-id

Syntax Description

min-chassis-id	Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255.
max-chassis-id	Maximum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enter slot capacity qualification. In this qualification, you can create and delete capacity qualifications. Use the exit command to exit the chassis.

If you are entering a chassis for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.

Examples

This example shows how to enter a chassis:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter chassis 1 1 
switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cap-qual
show chassis

enter memory

To enter memory, use the enter memory command.

enter memory

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enter memory and set memory property values. Use the exit command to exit memory.

If you are entering memory for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.

Examples

This example shows how to enter memory:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter memory
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show detail
show memory

enter nwctrl-policy

To enter a network control policy, use the enter nwctrl-policy command.

enter nwctrl-policy policy-name

Syntax Description

policy-name

Policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you enter a network control policy, you can perform the following tasks:

Enable CDP
Set up an uplink fail action

Examples

This example shows how to enter a network control policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # enter nwctrl-policy nCP10                                        
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show nwctrl-policy
show qos-policy

enter processor

To enter the processor, use the enter processor command.

enter processor

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enter the processor and set processor property values. Use the exit command to exit the processor.

If you are entering memory for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.

Examples

This example shows how to enter the processor:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter processor 
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

enter storage

To enter storage, use the enter storage command.

enter storage

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enter storage and set storage property values. Use the exit command to exit storage.

If you are entering storage for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.

Examples

The following example shows how to enter storage:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter storage
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show detail
show storage

power

To power up or down, use the power command.

power power { up | down }

Syntax Description

up	Specifies power up.
down	Specifies power down.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to power up:

switch-A# scope org org10a
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10a                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # power down

reboot

To reboot, use the reboot command.

reboot

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to reboot:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # reboot

recommission chassis

To recommission a chassis, use the recommission chassis command.

recommission chassis vendor model serial-num

Syntax Description

vendor	Vendor.
model	Model.
serial-num	Serial number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to recommission a chassis:

switch-A# recommission chassis "Cisco Systems Inc" "Cisco UCS 5108" FOX1252GNNN
switch-A* # commit-buffer                                          
switch-A #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show slot

remove privilege

To remove privileges, use the remove privilege command.

remove privilege { aaa | admin | ext-lan-config | ext-lan-policy | ext-lan-qos | ext-lan-security | ext-san-config | ext-san-policy | ext-san-qos | ext-san-security | fault | service-profile-config | service-profile-config-policy | service-profile-network | service-profile-network-policy | service-profile-qos | service-profile-qos-policy | service-profile-security | service-profile-security-policy | service-profile-server | service-profile-server-policy | service-profile-storage | service-profile-storage-policy | operations | server-equipment | server-maintenance | server-policy | server-security | pod-config | pod-policy | pod-qos | pod-security | read-only } +

Syntax Description

aaa	Specifies AAA privileges.
admin	Specifies admin privileges.
ext-lan-config	Specifies external LAN configuration priveleges.
ext-lan-policy	Specifies external LAN policy privileges.
ext-lan-qos	Specifies external LAN QoS privileges.
ext-lan-security	Specifies external LAN security privileges.
ext-san-config	Specifies external SAN configuration privileges.
ext-san-policy	Specifies external SAN policy privileges.
ext-san-qos	Specifies external SAN QoS privileges.
ext-san-security	Specifies external SAN security privileges.
fault	Specifies fault privileges.
service-profile-config	Specifies service profile configuration privileges.
service-profile-config-policy	Specifies service profile configuration policy privileges.
service-profile-network	Specifies service profile network privileges.
service-profile-network-policy	Specifies service profile network policy privileges.
service-profile-qos	Specifies service profile QoS privileges.
service-profile-qos-policy	Specifies service profile QoS policy privileges.
service-profile-security	Specifies service profile security privileges.
service-profile-security-policy	Specifies service profile security policy privileges.
service-profile-server	Specifies service profile server privileges.
service-profile-server-policy	Specifies service profile server policy privileges.
service-profile-storage	Specifies service profile storage privileges.
service-profile-storage-policy	Specifies service profile storage policy privileges.
operations	Specifies operations privileges.
server-equipment	Specifies server equipment privileges.
server-maintenance	Specifies server maintenance privileges.
server-policy	Specifies server policy privileges.
server-security	Specifies server security privileges.
pod-config	Specifies pod configuration privileges.
pod-policy	Specifies pod policy privileges.
pod-qos	Specifies pod QoS privileges.
pod-security	Specifies pod security privileges.
read-only	Specifies read-only privileges.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Role (/security/role)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to remove privileges:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope role serverAdmin                                          
switch-A /security/role # remove privilege server-policy 
switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/role #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show role

remove server

To remove a server, use the remove server command.

remove server slot

Syntax Description

slot	Slot number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to remove a server:

switch-A# remove server 1/1
switch-A* # commit-buffer                                          
switch-A #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show iom
show server

reset

To reset, use the reset command.

logcontrol, bmc, and iom mode reset

server and service profile mode reset { hard-reset-immediate | hard-reset-wait }

Syntax Description

hard-reset-immediate
hard-reset-wait

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Logcontrol (/monitoring/sysdebug/logcontrol)

BMC (/chassis/server/bmc)

Server (/chassis/server)

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

IO module (/chassis/iom)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

The following example shows how to reset:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1/1                                       
switch-A /chassis/iom # reset 
switch-A /chassis/iom* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /chassis/iom #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

reset-cmos

To reset the CMOS, use the reset-cmos command.

reset-cmos

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to reset CMOS:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1                                       
switch-A /chassis/server # reset cmos 
switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer
switch-A /chassis/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cpu
show firmware

scope adapter

To enter adapter mode, use the scope adapter command.

scope adapter chassis/slot/adapter

Syntax Description

chassis/slot/id

Adapter location.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter adapter mode:

scope adapter 1/1/1
switch /chassis/server/adapter #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show iom

scope backup

To enter backup mode, use the scope backup command.

scope backup name

Syntax Description

name	Host name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter backup mode:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope backup backUpFDrive                                          
switch-A /system #* commit-buffer
switch-A /system #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show backup
show import-config

scope block

To enter block mode, use the scope block command.

scope block from to

Syntax Description

from	From value.
to	To value.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

IP pool (/org/ip-pool)

WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)

UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)

MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter block mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ip-pool ipp10
switch-A /org/ip-pool # scope block 209.165.200.225 209.165.200.235                                            
switch-A /org/ip-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ip-pool
show mac-pool

scope bmc

To enter bmc mode, use the scope bmc command.

scope bmc

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter bmc mode:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1                                       
switch-A /chassis/server # scope bmc  
switch-A /chassis/server/bmc #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show bmc
show raid-controller

scope boot-definition

To enter boot definition mode, use the scope boot-definition command.

scope boot-definition

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter boot definition mode:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp3a                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-definition
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-definition
show lan

scope boot-policy

To enter boot-policy mode, use the scope boot-policy command.

scope boot-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Boot policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter boot-policy mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy
switch-A /org/boot-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-policy
show qos-policy

scope capability

To enter capability mode, use the scope capability command.

scope capability

Command Default

None

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter capability mode:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope capability 
switch-A /system/capability #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show version

scope cap-qual

To enter capacity qualification mode, use the scope cap-qual command.

scope cap-qual { fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if }

Syntax Description

fcoe	Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet.
non-virtualized-eth-if	Specifies a non-virtualized Ethernet interface.
non-virtualized-fc-if	Specifies a non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface.
path-encap-consolidated	Specifies a consolidated encapsulated path.
path-encap-virtual	Specifies a virtual encapsulated path.
protected-eth-if	Specifies a protected Ethernet interface.
protected-fc-if	Specifies a protected Fibre Channel interface.
protected-fcoe	Specifies a protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface.
virtualized-eth-if	Specifies a virtualized Ethernet interface.
virtualized-fc-if	Specifies a virtualized Fibre Channel interface.
virtualized-scsi-if	Specifies a virtualized SCSI interface.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter capacity qualification mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter                                                                        
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # scope cap-qual fcoe

Related Commands

Command	Description
show adapter
show cap-qual

scope chassis

To enter chassis mode, use the scope chassis command.

scope chassis chassis-id

Syntax Description

id	Chassis identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter chassis mode:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show slot

scope chassis-disc-policy

To enter chassis discovery policy mode, use the scope chassis-disc-policy command.

scope chassis-disc-policy

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter chassis discovery policy mode:

switch-A# scope org org30
switch-A /org # scope chassis-disc-policy                                       
switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis-disc-policy
show org

scope eth-classified

To enter eth-classified mode, use the scope eth-classified command.

scope eth-classified { best-effort | bronze | gold | platinum | silver }

Syntax Description

best-effort	Specifies
bronze	Specifies bronze classified mode.
gold	Specifies gold classified mode.
platinum	Specifies platinum classified mode.
silver	Specifies silver classified mode.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

QoS (/eth-server/qos)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Enters Ethernet server QoS Ethernet classified mode for the specified system class.

Examples

The following example shows how to enter eth-classified mode:

switch-A# eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos                                                      
switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified 
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-best-effort
show eth-classified

scope eth-server

To enter eth-server mode, use the scope eth-server command.

scope eth-server

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter eth-server mode:

switch-A#scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show server

scope eth-uplink

To enter eth-uplink mode, use the scope eth-uplink command.

scope eth-uplink

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter eth-uplink mode:

switch-A#scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-uplink
show port-profile

scope fc-uplink

To enter fc-uplink mode, use the scope fc-uplink command.

scope fc-uplink

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter fc-uplink mode:

switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show vlan

scope firmware

To enter firmware mode, use the scope firmware command.

scope firmware

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter firmware mode:

switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show firmware
show version

scope flow-control

To enter flow control mode, use the scope flow-control command.

scope flow-control

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter flow control mode:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control                                       
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show policy
show port-profile

scope import-config

To enter import configuration mode, use the scope import-config command.

scope import-config name

Syntax Description

name	Import configuration name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter import configuration mode:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope import-config ic10                                          
switch-A /system/import-config #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show import-config
show managed-entity

scope iom

To enter iom mode, use the scope iom command.

chassis mode scope iom { id | a | b } id

capability mode scope iom vendor model hw-rev

Syntax Description

id	Module identification number.
a	Specifies switch A.
b	Specifies switch B.
vendor	Vendor name.
model	Model number.
hw-rev	Hardware revision.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Chassis (/chassis)

Capability (/system/capability)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter iom mode:

switch-A# scope chassis
switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1                                          
switch-A /chassis/iom #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show iom
show slot

scope ipmi-access-profile

To enter IPMI access profile mode, use the scope ipmi-access-profile command.

scope ipmi-access-profile name

Syntax Description

name	Access profile name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

The following example shows how to enter IPMI access profile mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10                                          
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show epuser
show ipmi-access-profile

scope ldap

To enter LDAP mode, use the scope ldap command.

scope ldap

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

LDAP (/security/ldap)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter LDAP mode:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show tacacs

scope locale

To enter locale mode, use the scope locale command.

scope locale name

Syntax Description

name	Locale name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter locale mode:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope locale
switch-A /security/locale #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show locale
show remote-user

scope monitoring

To enter monitoring mode, use the scope monitoring command.

scope monitoring

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter monitoring mode:

switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show callhome
show syslog

scope nwctrl-policy

To enter network control policy mode, use the scope nwctrl-policy command.

scope nwctrl-policy

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

?

Examples

This example shows how to enter network control policy mode:

switch-A# scope org org10                                        
switch-A /org/ # scope nwctrl-policy nCP10
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show nwctrl-policy
show qos-policy

scope org

To enter org mode, use the scope org command.

scope org name

Syntax Description

name	Organization name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter org mode:

switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show org

scope port-channel

To enter port channel mode, use the scope port-channel command.

scope port-channel id

Syntax Description

id	Port identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Fabric interconnect (/eth-uplink/fabric)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter port channel mode:

switch-A#scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b                                          
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel 10 
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show switch
show port-channel

scope qos

To enter QoS mode, use the scope qos command.

scope qos

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet server (/eth-server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter QoS mode:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos                                       
switch-A /eth-server/qos #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-best-effort
show eth-classified

scope radius

To enter radius mode, use the scope radius command.

scope radius

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter radius mode:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope radius
switch-A /security /radius #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show radius

scope role

To enter role mode, use the scope role command.

scope role name

Syntax Description

name	Role name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter role mode:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope role admin                                          
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show role

scope security

To enter security mode, use the scope security command.

scope security

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter security mode:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show tacacs

scope server

To enter server mode, use the scope server command.

scope server { name | dynamic-uuid }

Syntax Description

name	Server name.
dynamic-uuid	Specifies the unique server identity.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter server mode:

switch-A# scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server adapter
show server identity

scope server-qual

To enter server-qual mode, use the scope server-qual command.

scope server-qual name

Syntax Description

name	Server qualifier name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter server-qual mode:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal1                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server-pool
show server-qual

scope services

To enter services mode, use the scope services command.

scope services

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter services mode:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                       
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show dns

scope snmp-user

To enter SNMP user mode, use the scope snmp-user command.

scope snmp-user

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter SNMP user mode:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10
switch /monitoring/snmp-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-user

scope system

To enter system mode, use the scope system command.

scope system

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter system mode:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fabric
show version

scope tacacs

To enter TACACS mode, use the scope tacacs command.

scope tacacs

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.

Examples

This example shows how to enter TACACS mode:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope tacacs                                       
switch-A /security/tacacs #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show radius
show ttacacs

scope vhba

To enter virtual HBA mode, use the scope vhba command.

scope vhba name

Syntax Description

name	Virtual HBA name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter virtual HBA mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 
switch-A /org # scope vhba vHBA10
switch-A /org/vhba #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show service-profile
show vhba

scope vhba-templ

To enter virtual HBA template mode, use the scope vhba-templ command.

scope vhba-templ scope vhba-templ name

Syntax Description

name	Virtual HBA template name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter virtual HBA template mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ vhbaT10 
switch-A /org/vhba-templ #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fc-if
show vhba-templ

scope vnic

To enter virtual NIC mode, use the scope vnic command.

scope vnic name

Syntax Description

name	Virtual NIC name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter virtual NIC mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 
switch-A /org # scope vnic vNIC10
switch-A /org/vnic #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show service-profile
show vnic

scope vnic-templ

To enter virtual NIC template mode, use the scope vnic-templ command.

scope vnic-templ name

Syntax Description

name	Virtual NIC template name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter virtual NIC template mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ vnicT10 
switch-A /org/vnic-templ #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-if
show vnic-templ

scope wwn-pool

To enter WWN pool mode, use the scope wwn-pool command.

scope wwn-pool name

Syntax Description

name	WWN pool name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter WWN pool mode:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnP10 
switch-A /org/wwn-pool #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show initiator
show org

set action

To set action, use the set action command.

chassis-disc-policy mode set action { 1-link | 2-link | 4-link }

import-config mode set action { merge | replace }

server-disc-policy mode set action { diag | immediate | user-acknowledged }

Syntax Description

1-link	Specifies one uplink.
2-link	Specifies two uplinks.
4-link	Specifies four uplinks.
merge	Specifies merge.
replace	Specifies replace.
diag	Specifies diagnostic.
immediate	Specifies immediate.
user-acknowledged	Specifies user acknowledged.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Chassis discovery policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)

Import configuration (/system/import-config)

Server discovery policy /org/server-disc-policy

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command in chassis-disc-policy mode to specify the number of links to the switch that the chassis must have to be discovered.

Examples

This example shows how to set action:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # scope chassis-disc-policy cdp10                                                
switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # set action 4-link  
switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/chassis-dis-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show chassis-disc-policy

set adaptor-profile

To set an adaptor profile, use the set adaptor-profile command.

set adaptor-profile name

Syntax Description

name	Adapter profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Hypervisor connection (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)

Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)

Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Use this command to associate the specified profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set an adapter profile:

switch-A# scope org org30a
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic 
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set adaptor-profile 20a
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba
show vnic

set adminstate

To set the administration state, use the set adminstate command.

set adminstate { disabled | enabled }

Syntax Description

disabled	Specifies administration state enabled.
enabled	Specifies administration state disabled.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the administration state:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos                                             
switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified silver 
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set adminstate enabled 
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-best-effort
show eth-classified

set aes-128

To set up AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) 128 encryption, use the set aes-128 command.

set aes-128 { no | yes }

Syntax Description

no	Specifies no AES 128 encryption.
yes	Specifies AES 128 encryption.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

SNMPv3, enabled on a UCS system by using the create snmp-user command, provides important security features. One is authentication of packets, to prevent snooping by an unauthorized source. Use AES 128 encryption to fully utilize the extended features of SNMPv3 on your UCS system.

Examples

This example shows how to set up AES 128 encryption:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10
switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set aes-128 yes
switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer
switch /monitoring/snmp-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-user

set arch

To set processor architecture (arch), use the set arch command.

set arch { dual-core-opteron | intel-p4-c | opteron | pentium-4 | turion-64 | xeon | xeon-mp | any }

Syntax Description

dual-core-opteron	Specifies the dual-core Opteron processor.
intel-p4-c	Specifies the Intel P4 C processor.
opteron	Specifies the Opteron processor.
pentium-4	Specifies the Pentium 4 processor.
turion-64	Specifies the Turion 4 processor.
xeon	Specifies the Xeon processor.
xeon-mp	Specifies the Xeon MP processor.
any	Specifies any processor.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set processor architecture:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set arch xeon-mp
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set attribute

To set an attribute, use the set attribute command.

set attribute attribute

Syntax Description

attribute

Attribute name. The range of valid values is 1 to 63.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

LDAP (/security/ldap)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified attribute.

Examples

This example shows how to set an attribute:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # set attribute name                                       
switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/ldap #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show tacacs

set auth

To set the authentication type, use the set auth command.

set auth { md5 | sha }

Syntax Description

md5	Specifies MD5 (Message Digest Algorithm 5) authentication.
sha	Specifies SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) authentication.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

SNMPv3, enabled on a UCS system by using the create snmp-user command, provides important security features. One is authentication, to verify that a message is from a valid source. Use MD5 or SHA authentication to fully utilize the extended features of SNMPv3 on your UCS system.

Examples

This example shows how to set the authentication type:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10
switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set auth sha
switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer
switch /monitoring/snmp-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-user

set authentication console

To set up the authentication console, use the set authentication console command.

set authentication console { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }

Syntax Description

ldap	Specifies an LDAP authentication console.
local	Specifies a local authentication console.
radius	Specifies a RADIUS authentication console.
tacacs	Specifies a TACACS authentication console.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set up the authentication console:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # set authentication console ldap                                                   
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show authentication
show ldap

set authentication default

To set an authentication default, use the set authentication default command.

set authentication default { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }

Syntax Description

ldap	Specifies an LDAP authentication console.
local	Specifies a local authentication console.
radius	Specifies a RADIUS authentication console.
tacacs	Specifies a TACACS authentication console.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set an authentication default:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # set authentication default ldap                                                   
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show authentication
show ldap

set authport

To set up an authentication port, use the set authport command.

set authport id

Syntax Description

id	Authentication port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server (/security/radius/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the port used to communicate with a RADIUS server.

Examples

This example shows how to set up an authentication port:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope radius
switch-A /security/radius # scope server s100                                             
switch-A /security/radius/server # set authport 100 
switch-A /security/radius/server* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/radius/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show radius

set basedn

To set up a distinguished name, use the set basedn command.

set basedn name

Syntax Description

name	Distinguished name. The range of valid values is 1 to 127.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

LDAP (/security/ldap)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified distinguished name.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a distinguished name:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # set basedn ldap                                       
switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/ldap #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show tacacs

set blocksize

To set the block size, use the set blocksize command.

set blocksize { blocksize | unspecified }

Syntax Description

blocksize	Storage block size. The range of valid values is 0 to 4294967295.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified block size.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the block size:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set blocksize 1000
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set boot-policy

To set the boot policy, use the set boot-policy command.

set boot-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Boot policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to associate the specified boot policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set the boot policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10                                          
switch-A /org/service-profile # set boot-policy bootP10 
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show association
show boot-definition

set cimxml port

To set up a CIM (Common Information Model) XML port, use the set cimxml port command.

set cimxml port port

Syntax Description

port	Port number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a CIM XML port:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                     
switch-A /system/services # set cimxml port 10
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show dns

set clock

To set the memory clock speed, use the set clock command.

set clock { number | unspec }

Syntax Description

number	Memory clock speed, in seconds. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535.
unspec	Specifies unspecified speed.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the memory clock speed:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set clock 10 
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set cos

To set up CoS (Class of Service), use the set cos command.

set cos { cos | any }

Syntax Description

cos	Class of Service. The range of valid values is 0 to 6.
any	Specifies any level of CoS.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet classified (/eth-server/cos/eth-classified)

Fibre Channel default (/eth-server/cos/fc-default)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to restrict the passage of traffic. A higher value indicates more important traffic. Setting CoS at 6 specifies the most important traffic.

Examples

This example shows how to set up CoS:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope cos                                             
switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set cos 6
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-best-effort
show eth-classified

set descr

To set a description, use the set descr command.

set descr description

Syntax Description

description

Description. The range of valid values is 1 to 256.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Backup (/system/backup)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)

Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)

Statistics threshold policy under organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)

Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)

Import configuration (/system/import-config)

Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)

VMM provider (/system/vm-mgmt/vmm-provider)

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)

Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)

Fibre Channel profile (/org/fc-profile)

SoL (/org/service-profile/sol)

IP pool (/org/ip-pool)

Ethernet profile (/org/eth-profile)

Statistics threshold policy under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)

Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)

PSU policy (/org/psu-policy)

Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)

Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)

Local disk configuration under organization (/org/local-disk-config)

Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)

Firmware management pack (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)

Initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)

Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)

Chassis discovery policy under organization (/org/chassis-disc-policy)

Automatic configuration policy (/org/autoconfig-policy)

SoL policy (/org/sol-policy)

Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)

Local disk configuration under service profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config)

Firmware host pack under organization (/org/fw-host-pack)

Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)

WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)

Server inherit policy under organization (/org/server-inherit-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output

Examples

This example shows how to set a description:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot100                                          
switch-A /org/boot-policy # set descr bootOnce
switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/boot-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-policy
show detail

set disk-scrub

To set disk scrub, use the set disk-scrub command.

set disk-scrub { no | yes }

Syntax Description

no	Specifies no scrub.
yes	Specifies scrub.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set disk scrub:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope scrub-policy scrub101                                             
switch-A /org/scrub-policy # set disk-scrub yes
switch-A /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/scrub-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show server-inherit-policy
show scrub-policy

set email

To set up email, use the set email command.

set email email

Syntax Description

email

Email address. Specify in the format <name>@<domain name>.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)

Local user (/security/local-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set up customer contact email.

Examples

This example shows how to set up email:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome                                          
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set email foo@foo.com
switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/callhome #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show callhome
show event

set expiration

To set the expiration date, use the set expiration command.

set expiration { never | { apr | aug | dec | feb | jan | jul | jun | mar | may | nov | oct | sep } day year }

Syntax Description

never	Specifies
apr	Specifies April.
aug	Specifies August.
dec	Specifies December.
feb	Specifies February.
jan	Specifies January.
jul	Specifies July.
jun	Specifies June.
mar	Specifies March.
may	Specifies May.
nov	Specifies November.
oct	Specifies October.
sep	Specifies September.
day	Day.
year	Year.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local user (/security/local-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the date the user account expires.

Examples

This example shows how to set the expiration date:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1  
switch-A /security/local-user # set expiration 30 nov                                                                                  
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show remote-user

set filter

To set up a filter, use the set filter command.

set filter name

Syntax Description

name	Filter name. The range of valid values is 1 to 63.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

LDAP (/security/ldap)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified filter.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a filter:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # set filter domainNames                                       
switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/ldap #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show tacacs

set firstname

To set the first name, use the set firstname command.

set firstname name

Syntax Description

name	First name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local user (/security/local-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the first name:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1
switch-A /security/local-user # set firstname bob 
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/local-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show remote-user

set flow-control-policy

To set up a flow control policy, use the set flow-control-policy command.

set flow-control-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Flow control policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Port channel (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)

Interface (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a flow control policy:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b                                       
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 1 2 
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface # set flow-control-policy fcp110
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show port-channel

set host-fw-policy

To set the host firmware policy, use the set host-fw-policy command.

set host-fw-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Host firmware policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to associate the specified host firmware policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set the host firmware policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10                                          
switch-A /org/service-profile # set host-fw-policy hostFP10 
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show assoc
show service-profile

set http port

To set up an HTTP port, use the set http port command.

set http port port

Syntax Description

port	Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.

Examples

This example shows how to set up an HTTP port:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                       
switch-A /system/services # set http port 100 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show http

set https keyring

To set up an HTTPS keyring, use the set https keyring command.

set https keyring keyring

Syntax Description

keyring

Keyring name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When the HTTPS keyring is modified using the set https keyring command, all current HTTP and HTTPS sessions will be closed without any warning.

Examples

This example shows how to set up an HTTPS keyring:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                          
switch-A /system/services # set https keyring kr100
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show http
show keyring

set https port

To set up an HTTPS port, use the set https port command.

set https port port

Syntax Description

port	Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.

Examples

This example shows how to set up an HTTP port:

switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                       
switch-A /system/services # set https port 200 
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cimxml
show http

set ipmi-access-profile

To set the IPMI access profile, use the set ipmi-access-profile command.

set ipmi-access-profile name

Syntax Description

name	IPMI access profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to associate the specified IPMI access profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set the IPMI access profile:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10                                          
switch-A /org/service-profile # set ipmi-access-profile iaP10 
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show association
show service-profile

set key

To set up a key, use the set key command.

set key

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server under TACACS (/security/tacacs/server)

Server under LDAP (/security/ldap/server)

Server under RADIUS (/security/radius/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you execute set key, the prompt Enter the key: appears on the command line. When you enter the key at the prompt and then press Enter, the prompt Confirm the key: appears. Confirm the key and then press Enter again. The key is set.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a key:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100                                             
switch-A /security/ldap/server # set key 
Enter the key:
Confirm the key:
switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/ldap/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show server

set lastname

To set the user name last name, use the set lastname command.

set lastname name

Syntax Description

name	Last name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local user (/security/local-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the user name last name:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1
switch-A /security/local-user # set lastname foo 
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/local-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show remote-user

set local-disk-policy

To set the local disk policy, use the set local-disk-policy command.

set local-disk-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Local disk policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to associate the specified local disk policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set the local disk policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10                                          
switch-A /org/service-profile # set local-disk-policy ldiskP10 
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show association
show service-profile

set lun

To set a LUN name, use the set lun command.

set lun name

Syntax Description

name	LUN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

SAN image path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set a LUN name:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10a                                       
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage 
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary
switch-A /org/service-profile/storage/san-image/path # set lun lun100
switch-A /org/service-profile/path* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-profile/path #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show path
show storage

set maxcap

To set the maximum capacity, use the set maxcap command.

set maxcap { max-cap | unspecified }

Syntax Description

max-cap	Maximum capacity. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807.
unspecified	Specifies unspecified capacity.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)

Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the maximum capacity of the memory array.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum capacity:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq3                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage 
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage # set maxcap 10000000
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show storage

set maxcores

To set the maximum number of cores, use the set maxcores command.

set maxcores { max-cores | unspecified }

Syntax Description

max-cores	Maximum number of cores. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified number of cores.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the maximum number of processor cores.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum number of cores:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxcores 100
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set maximum

To set the maximum, use the set maximum command.

set maximum { maximum | unspecified }

Syntax Description

maximum	Maximum
unspecified	Specifies unspecified maximum.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Capacity qualification (/org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the maximum capacity for the selected adapter type.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq100                                             
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # scope cap-qual fcoe
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual # set maximum 100
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show adapter
show cap-qual

set maxprocs

To set the maximum number of processors, use the set maxprocs command.

set maxprocs { maxprocs | unspecified }

Syntax Description

max-procs	Maximum number of processors. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified number of processors.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum number of processors:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxprocs 10
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set maxthreads

To set the maximum number of threads, use the set maxthreads command.

set maxthreads { maxthreads | unspecified }

Syntax Description

max-threads	Maximum number of threads. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified number of threads.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum number of threads:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxthreads 10
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set mgmt-fw-policy

To set the management firmware policy, use the set mgmt-fw-policy command.

set mgmt-fw-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Management firmware policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to associate the specified management firmware policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set the management firmware policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10                                          
switch-A /org/service-profile # set mgmt-fw-policy mfwP10 
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show association
show service-profile

set mincap

To set the minimum capacity, use the set mincap command.

set mincap { mincap | unspec }

Syntax Description

min-cap	Maximum capacity. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807.
unspecified	Specifies unspecified capacity.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)

Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the minimum capacity of the memory array.

Examples

This example shows how to set the minimum capacity:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq3                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage 
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage # set mincap 1000000
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show storage

set mincores

To set the minimum number of cores, use the set mincores command.

set mincores { mincores | unspecified }

Syntax Description

min-cores	Minimum number of cores. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified number of cores.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the minimum number of processor cores.

Examples

This example shows how to set the minimum number of cores:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set mincores 2
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set minprocs

To set the minimum number of processors, use the set minprocs command.

set minprocs { min-procs | unspecified }

Syntax Description

min-procs	Minimum number of processors. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified number of processors.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum number of processors:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set minprocs 1
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set minthreads

To set the minimum number of threads, use the set minthreads command.

set minthreads { min-threads | unspecified }

Syntax Description

min-threads	Minimum number of threads. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified number of threads.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the minimum number of threads:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set minthreads 1
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set mode

To set the mode, use the set mode command.

set mode { any-configuration | no-local-storage | no-raid | raid-mirrored | raid-striped } { end-host | switch } { one-shot | staged }

Syntax Description

any-configuration	Specifies any configuration for the local disk.
no-local-storage	Specifies no local storage.
no-raid	Specifies no RAID configuration on the local disk.
raid-mirrored	Specifies RAID mirroring on the local disk.
raid-striped	Specifies RAID striping on the local disk.
end-host	Specifies end host Ethernet switching mode.
switch	Specifies switch Ethernet switching mode.
one-shot	Specifies one shot.
staged	Specifies staged.

Usage Guidelines

The Ethernet switching mode determines how the switch behaves as a switching device between the servers. End-host mode allows the switch to act as an end host to the network, representing all server (hosts) connected to it through vNICs and the network. Switch mode is the traditional Ethernet switching mode.

Command Modes

Local disk configuration under organization (/org/local-disk-config)

Firmware management pack (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)

Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)

Firmware host pack (/org/fw-host-pack)

Local disk configuration under service profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Mode eth-uplink only supports the keywords end-host and switch.

Modes /org/fw-host-pack and /org/fw-mgmt only support the keywords one-shot and staged.

Modes /org/service-profile/local-disk-config and /org/local-disk-config only support the keywords any-configuration, no-local-storage, no-raid, raid-mirrored, and raid-striped.

Examples

This example shows how to set the mode:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # set mode switch                                        
switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /eth-uplink #

set mtu

To set an Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), use the set mtu command.

set mtu { mtu | fc | normal }

Syntax Description

mtu	MTU. The range of valid values is 1538 to 9216.
fc	Specifies Fibre Channel MTU.
normal	Specifies normal MTU.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)

Ethernet default (/eth-server/qos/eth-default)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set an MTU:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos                                             
switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified 
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set mtu fc
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-best-effort
show eth-classified

set name

To set name, use the set name command.

set name name

Syntax Description

name	Name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Port channel (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set a name:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope switch                                          
switch-A /eth-uplink/switch # scope port-channel 10  
switch-A /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel # set name pc10 
switch-A /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show member-port
show port-channel

set numberofblocks

To set the number of blocks, use the set numberofblocks command.

set numberofblocks { number | unspecified }

Syntax Description

number	Number of storage blocks. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified number of blocks.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

The following example shows how to set the number of blocks:

switch-A# scope org org120
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20                                             
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage 
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set numberofblocks 100000 
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show storage

set order

To set the order, use the set order command.

virtual-media, storage, vnic, and lan command modes set order { 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 }

vhba command mode set order { order | max | unspecified }

Syntax Description

1	Specifies first.
2	Specifies second.
3	Specifies third.
4	Specifies fourth.
order	Order. The range of valid values is 0 to 99.
unspecified	Unspecified order.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Virtual media (/org/boot-policy/virtual-media)

Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)

LAN (/org/boot-policy/lan)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the PCI scan order for the vNIC.

Examples

This example shows how to set the order:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba100                                                  
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set order order 10
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba
show vnic

set password

To set up a password, use the set password command.

set password

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

End point user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser)

Backup (/system/backup)

Import configuration (/system/import-config)

Local user (/security/local-user)

Security (/security)

Download task (/firmware/download-task)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The password must be a minimum of eight characters.

After entering the set password command, you are prompted to enter and confirm the password. For security purposes, the password that you type does not appear in the CLI.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a password:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # set password
Enter the password:                                       
Confirm the password:
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show remote-user

set password (snmp-user)

To set up a SNMPv3 password, use the set password command in snmp-user mode.

set password

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Password must be a minimum 8 characters.

No text appears when you enter your password at the Enter a password: prompt or the Confirm the password: prompt. This is default behavior and cannot be changed.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a SNMPv3 password:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10
switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set password
Enter a password:
Confirm the password:
switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer
switch /monitoring/snmp-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-user

set perdiskcap

To set per-disk capacity, use the set perdiskcap command.

set perdiskcap { number | unspecified }

Syntax Description

number	Capacity number. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified amount of capacity.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

The following example shows how to set the per-disk capacity:

switch-A# scope org org120
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20                                             
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage 
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set perdiskcap 110000 
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show storage

set pers-bind

To disable or enable persistant binding, use the set pers-bind command.

set pers-bind { disabled | enabled }

Syntax Description

disabled	Specifies binding disabled.
enabled	Specifies binding enabled.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to disable or enable persistent binding to fibre channel targets.

Examples

This example shows how to disable or enable persistant binding:

switch-A# scope org org30a
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp101                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba17 
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set pers-bind enabled
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba
show vnic

set phone

To set the phone user name, use the set phone command.

set phone name

Syntax Description

name	Name of the user. The range of valid values is 1 to 512.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Local user (/security/local-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the phone user name:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user admin10                                          
switch-A /security/local-user # set phone admin10
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/local-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show local-user
show user-sessions

set pin-group

To set the pin group, use the set pin-group command.

set pin-group name

Syntax Description

name	Pin group name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Hypervisor connectivity (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)

Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)

Virtual NIC (/org/vnic-templ)

Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the pin group to use for the vNIC.

Examples

This example shows how to set the pin group:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic20 
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set pin-group pg1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-if
show vnic

set pool

To set a pool, use the set pool command.

set pool name

Syntax Description

name	Pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to add a pool to your pooling policy. Only one pool can be set for each pooling policy.

Examples

This example shows how to set a pool:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope pooling-policy pp100                                          
switch-A /org/pooling-policy # set pool pool100  
switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/pooling-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac-pool
show pooling-policy

set port

To set the port number, use the set port command.

set port number

Syntax Description

number

Port number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535.

Command Modes

Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)

Server under LDAP (/security/ldap/server)

SNMP host (/monitoring/snmphost)

Server under TACACS (/security/tacacs/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the port used to communicate with the LDAP server.

Examples

This example shows how to set the port number:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100                                             
switch-A /security/ldap/server # set port 100 
switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/ldap/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show server

set prio

To set priority, use the set prio command.

set prio { auto | on }

Syntax Description

auto	Specifies automatic prio.
on	Specifies prio on.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set priority:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control                                       
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy 
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set prio on
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show policy
show stats-threshold-policy

set priv-password

To set up a privacy password, use the set priv-password command.

set priv-password

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Password must be a minimum 8 characters.

No text appears when you enter your password at the Enter a password: prompt or the Confirm the password: prompt. This is default behavior and cannot be changed.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a privacy password:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10
switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set priv-password
Enter a password:
Confirm the password:
switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer
switch /monitoring/snmp-user #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-user

set qos-policy

To set the QoS policy, use the set qos-policy command.

set qos-policy name

Syntax Description

name	QoS policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)

Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the QoS policy to use for the vNIC.

Examples

This example shows how to set the QoS policy:

switch-A# scope org org30
switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ vnict10                                        
switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set qos-policy qp10
switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/vnic-templ #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-if
show qos-policy

set qualifier

To set a qualifier, use the set qualifier command.

set qualifier name

Syntax Description

name	Qualifier name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server inherit policy (/org/server-inherit-policy)

Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)

Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)

Chassis discovery policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)

Automatic configuration policy (/org/autoconfig-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to add a qualifier to your policy. Only one qualifier can be set for each policy.

Examples

This example shows how to set a qualifier:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-disc-policy sdp100                                          
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy # set qualifier q100
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show pooling policy
show server-disc-policy

set reboot-on-update

To set reboot on updates, use the set reboot-on-update command.

set reboot-on-update { no | yes }

Syntax Description

no	Specifies no reboot on updates.
yes	Specifies reboot on updates.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)

Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set reboot on updates:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp112                                             
switch-A /org/boot-policy # set reboot-on-update yes
switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer   
switch-A /org/boot-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-policy
show storage

set receive

To set recieve, use the set receive command.

set receive { off | on }

Syntax Description

off	Specifies recieve off.
on	Specifies recieve on.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify flow control receive options.

When you specify off, pause requests from the network are ignored and traffic flow continues as normal.

When you specify on, pause requests are honored and all traffic is halted on that uplink port until the network cancels the pause request

Examples

This example shows how to set recieve:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control                                       
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy fcpolicy110 
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set recieve on
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show stats-threshold-policy
show policy

set retries

To set the number of retries, use the set retries command.

set retries number

Syntax Description

number

Number of retries. The range of valid values is 0 to 5.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

RADIUS (/security/radius)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the number of times to retry communicating with the RADIUS server before noting the server as down.

Examples

This example shows how to set the number of retries:

switch-A#scope security
switch /security # scope radius
switch /security/radius # set retries 3                                       
switch /security/radius* # commit-buffer 
switch /security/radius #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show radius

set rootdn

To set a root distinguished name, use the set rootdn command.

set rootdn name

Syntax Description

name	Root distinguished name. The range of valid values is 1 to 127.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server (/security/ldap/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account.

Examples

This example shows how to set a root distinguished name:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100                                             
switch-A /security/ldap/server # set rootdn administrator 
switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/ldap/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show server

set scrub-policy

To set the scrub policy, use the set scrub-policy command.

set scrub-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Scrub policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to associate the specified scrub policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set the scrub policy:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-disc-policy sdp100
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy # set scrub-policy scrub101                                          
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show scrub-policy
show server-disc-policy

set send

To set send, use the set send command.

set send { off | on }

Syntax Description

off	Specifies send off.
on	Specifies send on.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify flow control send options.

When you specify off, traffic on the port flows normally regardless of the packet load.

When you specify on, the UCS system sends a pause request to the network if the incoming packet rate becomes too high. The pause remains in effect for a few milliseconds before traffic is reset to normal levels.

Examples

This example shows how to set send:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control                                       
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy fcpolicy110 
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set send on
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show stats-threshold-policy
show policy

set snmp community

To set up an SNMP community, use the set snmp community command.

set snmp community community

Syntax Description

community

Community name. The range of valid values is 1 to 512.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.

The community name can be any alphanumeric string. Enter this command multiple times to create multiple community strings.

Examples

This example shows how to set up an SNMP community:

switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # set snmp community snmpcom10                                          
switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-trap

set sol-policy

To set the serial over LAN (SoL) policy, use the set sol-policy command.

set sol-policy name

Syntax Description

name	SoL policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to associate the specified SoL policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set the SoL policy:

switch-A# scope org org110
switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110
switch-A /org/service-profile # set sol-policy apEast110                                                   
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show sol-config
show sol-policy

set speed

To set the speed, use the set speed command.

memory mode set speed { speed | unspec }

sol-config and sol-policy modes set speed { 115200 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 | 9600 }

Syntax Description

speed	Baud rate. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspec	Specifies unspecified baud rate.
115200	Specifies 115200 baud rate.
19200	Specifies 19200 baud rate.
38400	Specifies 38400 baud rate.
57600	Specifies 57600 baud rate.
9600	Specifies 9600 baud rate.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

/org/server-qual/memory

/org/service-profile/sol-config

/org/sol-policy

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the memory data rate.

Examples

This example shows how to set the speed:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope sol-config 
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config # set speed 9600
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show sol-config

set src-templ-name

To set the source template name, use the set src-templ-name command.

set src-templ-name name

Syntax Description

name	Source template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to associate the specified source template with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.

Examples

This example shows how to set the source template name:

switch-A# scope org org110
switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110
switch-A /org/service-profile # set src-templ-name srcTempName110                                                   
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show service-policy
show vhba-templ

set sshkey

To set an SSH key, use the set sshkey command.

set sshkey [key | none]

Syntax Description

key

SSH key.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Local user (/security/local-user)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the SSH key used for passwordless access.

Examples

This example shows how to set an SSH key:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # set sshkey "ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAuo9VQ2CmWBI9/S1f30klCWjnV3lgdXMzO0W Ul5iPw85lkdQqap+NFuNmHcb4K iaQB8X/PDdmtlxQQcawclj+k8f4VcOelBxls Gk5luq5ls1ob1VOIEwcKEL/h5lrdbNlI8y3SS9I/gGiBZ9ARlop9LDpD m8HPh2 LOgyH7Ei1MI8="                                          
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show keyring
show trustpoint

set ssl

To set up SSL on a server, use the set ssl command.

set ssl { no | yes }

Syntax Description

no	Specifies no SSL.
yes	Specifies SSL.

Command Modes

Servre (/security/ldap/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enable or disable the use of SSL when communicating with the LDAP server.

Examples

This example shows how to set up SSL on a server:

switch#scope security
switch /security # scope ldap
switch /security/ldap # scope server s100                                             
switch /security/ldap/server # set ssl yes 
switch /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer 
switch /security/ldap/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show server

set stats-policy

To set the statistics policy, use the set stats-policy command.

set stats-policy name

Syntax Description

name	Statistics policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)

Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Use this command to associate the specified statistics policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode, or the template you used to enter virtual NIC template or virtual HBA template modes.

Examples

This example shows how to set the statistics policy:

switch-A# scope org org110
switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110
switch-A /org/service-profile # set stats-policy statsEast110                                                   
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show service-profile
show stats-threshold-policy

set stepping

To set stepping, use the set stepping command.

set stepping { number | unspecified }

Syntax Description

number	Stepping number. The range of valid value is 0 to 4294967295.
unspecified	Specifies an unspecified stepping number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the processor stepping number.

Examples

This example shows how to set the minimum number of cores:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                          
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set stepping 1
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show processor

set syslog console

To set the syslog console, use the set syslog console command.

set syslog console { state { disabled | enabled } | level { alerts | critical | emergencies } } +

Syntax Description

state	Specifies the state of the syslog console.
disabled	Specifies disable syslog console.
enabled	Specifies enable syslog console.
level	Specifies the level of the syslog message.
alerts	Specifies alert level.
critical	Specifies critical level.
emergencies	Specifies emergency level.

Command Default

Disabled.

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enable the syslog console. Enabling the console allows the operating to generate system log messages. You can also use this command to set the level of syslog console messages.

When you enable the syslog console, the default for Level is Critical.

Examples

This example shows how to set the syslog console:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # set syslog console state enabled                                                            
switch-A # /monitoring* commit-buffer
switch-A # /monitoring

Related Commands

Command	Description
show callhome
show syslog

set syslog file

To set the syslog file, use the set syslog file command.

set syslog file { state { disabled | enabled } | level { alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | information | notifications | warnings } | name name | size size } +

Syntax Description

state	Specifies the state of the syslog file.
disabled	Specifies syslog file disabled.
enabled	Specifies syslog file enabled.
level	Specifies the level of the syslog message.
alerts	Specifies alert level.
critical	Specifies critical level.
debugging	Specifies debug level.
emergencies	Specifies emergency level.
errors	Specifies error level.
information	Specifies information level.
notifications	Specifies notification level.
warnings	Specifies warning level.
name	Specifie file name.
name	Name of the file. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
size	Species file size.
size	File size. The range of valid values is 4096 to 10485760.

Command Default

Disabled.

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enable the syslog file. Enabling the file allows the operating system to place messages in a syslog file. You can also use this command to set the level of syslog file messages.

When you enable the syslog file, the default for Level is Critical and the default for Size is 10485760.

Examples

This example shows how to set the syslog file:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # set syslog file state enabled                                                            
switch-A # /monitoring* commit-buffer
switch-A # /monitoring

Related Commands

Command	Description
show callhome
show syslog

set syslog min-level

To set the minimum level for syslog messages, use the set syslog min-level command.

set syslog min-level { crit | debug0 | debug1 | debug2 | debug3 | debug4 | info | major | minor | warn }

Syntax Description

crit	Specifies minimum level as critical.
debug0	Specifies minimum level as debug 0.
debug1	Specifies minimum level as debug 1.
debug2	Specifies minimum level as debug 2.
debug3	Specifies minimum level as debug 3.
debug4	Specifies minimum level as debug 4.
info	Specifies minimum level as information.
major	Specifies minimum level as major.
minor	Specifies minimum level as minor.
warn	Specifies minimum level as warning.

Command Default

Minimum level is not set.

Command Modes

Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the minimum level for syslog messages:

switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug                                                                     
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging 
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # scope mgmt-logging  
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set syslog min-level crit
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fsm
show syslog

set syslog monitor

To set the syslog monitor, use the set syslog monitor command.

set syslog monitor { state { disabled | enabled } | level { alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | information | notifications | warnings } } +

Syntax Description

state	Specifies the state of the syslog monitor.
disabled	Specifies disable syslog monitor.
enabled	Specifies enable syslog monitor.
level	Specifies the level of the syslog message.
alerts	Specifies alert level.
critical	Specifies critical level.
debugging	Specifies debug level.
emergencies	Specifies emergency level.
errors	Specifies error level.
information	Specifies information level.
notifications	Specifies notification level.
warnings	Specifies warning level.

Command Default

Disabled.

Command Modes

Monitoring (monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enable the syslog monitor. Enabling the monitor allows the operating system to monitor syslog messages. You can also use this command to set the level of syslog file messages.

When you enable the syslog file, the default for Level is Critical.

Examples

This example shows how to set the syslog monitor:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # set syslog monitor state enabled                                                            
switch-A # /monitoring* commit-buffer
switch-A # /monitoring

Related Commands

Command	Description
show callhome
show syslog

set syslog remote-destination

To set syslog remote destination, use the set syslog remote-destination command.

set syslog remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } { state { disabled | enabled } | level { alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | information | notifications | warnings } | hostname hostname | facility { local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5 | local6 | local7 } } +

Syntax Description

server-1	Specifies server 1.
server-2	Specifies server 2.
server-3	Specifies server 3.
state	Specifies the state of syslog remote destination.
disabled	Specifies disable syslog remote destination.
enabled	Specifies enable syslog remote destination.
level	Specifies the level of the syslog message.
alerts	Specifies alert level. Set to 1.
critical	Specifies critical level. Set to 2.
debugging	Specifies debug level. Set to 7.
emergencies	Specifies emergency level. Set to 0.
errors	Specifies error level. Set to 3.
information	Specifies information level. Set to 6.
notifications	Specifies information level. Set to 5.
warnings	Specifies warning level. Set to 4.
hostname	Specifies host name.
hostname	Host name. The range of valid values is 1 to 256.
facility	Specifies the facility.
local0	Specifies local facility 0.
local1	Specifies local facility 1.
local2	Specifies local facility 2.
local3	Specifies local facility 3.
local4	Specifies local facility 4.
local5	Specifies local facility 5.
local6	Specifies local facility 6.
local7	Specifies local facility 7.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to enable syslog remote destination. When you enable syslog remote destination, the default for Hostname is None.

Examples

This example shows how to set syslog remote destination:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring #  set syslog remote-destination server-1 hostname ITEast1                                                            
switch-A # /monitoring* commit-buffer
switch-A # /monitoring

Related Commands

Command	Description
show callhome
show syslog

set target

To set a target, use the set target command.

set target { a | b } { port slot-id/port-id | port-channel id }

Syntax Description

a	Specifies switch A.
b	Specifies switch B.
port	Specifies port.
slot-id/port-id	Specifies the slot and port identification number.
port-channel	Specifies port channel.
id	Specifies the port channel identification number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)

Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the Fibre Channel or Ethernet pin target to the specified switch and port, or switch and port channel. Scope to /fc-uplink/pin-group to set the Fibre Channel pin target. Scope to /eth-uplink/pin-group to set the Ethernet pin target.

Examples

This example shows how to set a target:

switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope pin-group pinGroupOne                                                
switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group # set target a port 1/1 
switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show pin-group
show target

set template-name

To set the template name, use the set template-name command.

set template-name name

Syntax Description

name	Template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                          
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic10
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set template-name temp10 
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba
show vnic

set timeout

To set a timeout, use the set timeout command.

set timeout timeout

Syntax Description

timeout

Timeout interval, in seconds. The range of valid values is 1 to 60.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

TACACS (/security/tacacs)

RADIUS (/security/radius)

LDAP (/security/ldap)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set a timeout:

switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # set timeout 30                                       
switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer 
switch-A /security/ldap #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ldap
show tacacs

set units

To set memory units, use the set units command.

set units { units | unspec }

Syntax Description

units	Memory units. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspec	Specifies unspecified memory units.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

/org/server-qual/memory

/org/server-qual/storage

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Memory units refer to the DRAM chips mounted on the PCB.

Examples

This example shows how to set memory units:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory 
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set units 1000
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show storage

set uplink-fail-action

To set an uplink fail action, use the set uplink-fail-action command.

set uplink-fail-action { link-down | warning }

Syntax Description

link-down	Specifies that down virtual interfaces are marked link down.
warning	Specifies that a fault is generated for down virtual interfaces.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This configuration will be applicable only in end host mode (default mode).

Warning is useful when you want to maintain blade-to-blade connectivity inside the UCSM system when all uplink ports go down. You do this, however, at the expense of not providing fabric failover when uplink connectivity is lost.

Examples

This example shows how to set an uplink fail action:

switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # scope nwctrl-policy nCP100
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy # set uplink-fail-action warning
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show nwctrl-policy
show service-policy

set version

To set the version number, use the set version command.

set version number

Syntax Description

number

Version number.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Pack image (/org/fw-host-pack/pack-image)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the package image version number. Changing this number triggers firmware updates on all components using the firmware through a service profile.

Examples

This example shows how to set the version number:

switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # scope fw-host-pack fhp10                                          
switch-A /org/fw-host-pack # scope pack-image pi10 
switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image # set version 1.3 
switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show pack-image
show version

set vhba

To set a vHBA, use the set vhba command.

set vhba name

Syntax Description

name	vHBA name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set a vHBA:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1                                       
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary 
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path # set vhba vhba100
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show vhba

set virtual-ip

To set up a virtual IP address, use the set virtual-ip command.

set virtual-ip address

Syntax Description

address

Virtual IP address. Enter the argument in the format A.B.C.D.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set up a virtual IP address:

switch# scope system
switch /system # set virtual-ip 209.165.200.225                                          
switch /system* # commit-buffer
switch /system #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show image
show vif

set vnic

To set the vNIC, use the set vnic command.

set vnic vnic

Syntax Description

vnic	VNIC name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Path (/org/boot-policy/lan/path)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

A vNIC is a virtualized network interface that is configured on a physical network adapter and appears to be a physical NIC to the operating system of the server. The type of adapter in the system determines how many vNICs you can create. For example, a Cisco UCS CNA M71KR adapter has two NICs, which means you can create a maximum of two vNICs for each of those adapters.

Examples

This example shows how to set the VNIC:

switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1                                          
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope lan
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # scope path
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path # set vnic 101
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show path
show vnic

set weight

To set the weight, use the set weight command.

set weight { weight | best-effort | none }

Syntax Description

weight	Weight number. The range of valid values is 0 to 10.
best-effort	Specifies best effort.
none	Specifies no weight.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)

Ethernet default (/eth-server/qos/eth-default)

Fibre Channel default (/eth-server/qos/fc-default)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set the weight:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos                                             
switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified 
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set weight 5
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-best-effort
show eth-classified

set width

To set the width, use the set width command.

set width { width | unspec }

Syntax Description

width	Width. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
unspec	Specifies width unspecified.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to specify the bit width of the data bus.

Examples

This example shows how to set the width:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10                                       
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory 
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set width 1000000
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer  
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show storage

set wwn

To set a World Wide Name (WWN), use the set wwn command.

set wwn name

Syntax Description

name	WWN name. The name entered must be in hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh format.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to set a WWN:

switch-A# scope org org10a
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot6b                                       
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage 
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary  
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path # set wwn 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show path
show san-image

show activate status

To display the activation status, use the show activate status command.

show activate status

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Displays the activation status.

Command Modes

Input/output module (/chassis/iom)

Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)

Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the activation status:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1                                       
switch-A /chassis/iom # show activate status

Related Commands

Command	Description
show firmware
show status

show adapter

To display adapter information, use the show adapter command.

show adapter [ detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays details about all adapters.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited details about all adapters.

Command Default

Displays adapter information.

Command Modes

Server qualification (/org/server-qual)

Server (/chassis/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show adapter command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of adapters.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of adapters:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10                                             
switch-A /org/server-qual # show adapter 

Server 1/1:
    Adapter PID        Vendor            Serial       Operational State
    ------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ -----------------
          1 N20-AE0002 Cisco Systems Inc EXM12510017  Operable
          2 N20-AE0003 Cisco Systems Inc EXM12510018  Operable
switch-A /org/server-qual #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server-qual

show assoc

To display service profile association information, use the show assoc command.

show assoc

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Displays service profile association information.

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show assoc command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of service profile associations.

Examples

This example shows how to display service profile associations:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # show assoc

Service Profile Name Association    Server Server Pool
-------------------- -------------- ------ -----------
org10/sp10           Associated     1/1    10
org10/sp100          Associated     1/2    10
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show org
show service-profile

show audit-logs

To display the audit log, use the show audit-logs command.

show audit-logs [ id | detail ] *

Syntax Description

id	(Optional) Displays a specific audit log.
detail	(Optional) Displays details in the audit log.

Command Default

Displays the audit log.

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was released.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This command shows how to display the audit log:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # show audit-logs                                       

Audit trail logs:
    Creation Time        User       ID       Action           Description
    -------------------- ---------- -------- ---------------- -----------
    2009-07-01T15:59:07  internal     905342 Creation         Fabric A: local user admin logged 
    2009-07-01T15:58:48  internal     905339 Deletion         Fabric A: user admin terminated
    2009-07-01T15:51:02  internal     905275 Creation         Fabric A: local user admin logged
    2009-07-01T15:50:48  internal     905271 Deletion         Fabric A: user admin terminated
    2009-07-01T15:49:19  internal     905265 Creation         Fabric A: local user admin logged
    2009-07-01T15:47:48  internal     905254 Deletion         Fabric A: user admin terminated
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show event
show remote-user

show authentication

To display authentication information, use the show authentication command.

show authentication

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Displays authentication information.

Command Modes

Security (/security)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display console and default authentication information:

switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # show authentication                                       
 
Console authentication: Local
Default authentication: Local
switch-A /security #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show radius
show tacacs

show backup

To display backup information, use the show backup command.

show backup [ backup-name | detail | fsm status ] *

Syntax Description

backup-name	(Optional) Displays a specific backup file.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about all backups.
fsm status	(Optional) Displays FSM status.

Command Default

Displays backup information.

Command Modes

System (/system)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show backup command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of backups.

Examples

This example shows how to display backup information:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # show backup

Related Commands

Command	Description
show firmware
show system

show bios

To display BIOS information, use the show bios command.

show bios [detail]

Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Displays details about the BIOS.

Command Default

Displays BIOS information.

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display BIOS information:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1                                             
switch-A /chassis/server # show bios 

Bios Firmware:
    Server  Model      Vendor            Running-Vers
    ------- ---------- ----------------- ------------
    1/1     N20-B6620-1 Intel Corp.       S5500.86B.08.00.0022.110620081457
switch-A /chassis/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show firmware
show server

show block

To display block information, use the show block command.

show block [ from | to | detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

from	(Optional) Displays the start of the name or address range.
to	(Optional) End of the name or address range.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about all blocks.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited details about all blocks.

Command Default

Displays block information.

Command Modes

WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)

UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)

MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)

IP pool (/org/ip-pool)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display a block:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ip-pool                                             
switch-A /org/ip-pool # show block

Related Commands

Command	Description
show initiator
show mac-pool

show bmc

To display Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) information, use the show bmc command.

show bmc [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays details about the BMC.
expand	(Optional) Displays details about the BMC, including the management interface IP address, and the management endpoint log.
fsm status	(Optional) Displays finite state machine information.

Command Default

Displays BMC information.

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Command History

Release	Modifications
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display BMC information:

switch-A# scope chassis 1                                             
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show bmc

BMC:  
    Product Name: Cisco B200-M1 
    PID: N20-B6620-1 
    Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc
    Serial (SN): QCI12520009
    HW Revision: 0 
    GUID:
    Current Task:
switch-A /chassis/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

show boot-definition

To display boot definition information, use the show boot-definition command.

show boot-definition [ detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays details about the boot definition.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited details about the boot definition.

Command Default

Displays boot definition information.

Command Modes

Service profile (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the boot definition:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                             
switch-A /org/service-profile # show boot-definition 

Boot Definition:
    Reboot on Update: Yes 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-policy
show service-profile

show boot-order

To display the boot order, use the show boot-order command.

show boot-order

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Displays the boot order.

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the boot order:

switch-A# scope chassis 1                                             
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show boot-order

Related Commands

Command	Description
show actual-boot-order
show chassis

show boot-policy

To display boot policy information, use the show boot-policy command.

show boot-policy [ name | detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

name	(Optional) Displays information about a specific boot policy.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about boot policies.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited details about boot policies.

Command Default

Displays boot policy information.

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show boot-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of boot policies.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of boot policies:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org# show boot-policy                                                
  
Boot Policy:
    Name                 Purpose     Reboot on Update
    -------------------- ----------- ----------------
    org10/bp10           Operational No
    org10/bp11           Operational Yes
switch-A /org#

Related Commands

Command	Description
show boot-definition
show org

show callhome

To display callhome information, use the show callhome command.

show callhome [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays limited details about callhome.
expand	(Optional) Displays details about callhome.
fsm status	(Optional) Displays finite state machine information.

Command Default

Displays callhome information.

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display callhome information:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # show callhome

Callhome:                                             
    Admin State: On 
    Throttling State: On
    Contact Information: admin
    Customer Contact Email: tgv@tgv.com
    From Email: ref@tgv.com
    Reply To Email: admin021@tgv.com
    Phone Contact e.g., +1-011-408-555-1212: +16504441234
    Street Address: 12 First St. 
    Contract Id:
    Customer Id:
    Site Id:
    Urgency: Debugging
    SMTP Server Address: adminHost
    SMTP Server Port: 25
switch-A /monitoring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show event
show snmp-trap

show cap-qual

To display capacity qualification information, use the show cap-qual command.

Syntax Description

fcoe	(Optional) Displays Fibre Channel over Ethernet information.
non-virtualized-eth-if	(Optional) Displays non-virtualized Ethernet interface information.
non-virtualized-fc-if	(Optional) Displays non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface information.
path-encap-consolidated	(Optional) Displays an consolidated encapsulated path information.
path-encap-virtual	(Optional) Displays an virtual encapsulated path information.
protected-eth-if	(Optional) Displays a protected Ethernet interface information.
protected-fc-if	(Optional) Displays a protected Fibre Channel interface information.
protected-fcoe	(Optional) Displays a protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface information.
virtualized-eth-if	(Optional) Displays a virtualized Ethernet interface information.
virtualized-fc-if	(Optional) Displays a virtualized Fibre Channel interface information.
virtualized-scsi-if	(Optional) Displays a virtualized SCSI interface information.
expand	(Optional) Displays expanded capacity qualification information.
detail	(Optional) Displays detailed capacity qualification information.

Command Default

Displays capacity qualification information.

Command Modes

Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display capacity qualification information:

switch-A# scope org org10                                             
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # show cap-qual

Adapter Capacity Qualification:  
    Type                    Maximum 
    ----------------------- ------- 
    Fcoe                    Unspecified 
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show memory

show certreq

To display a certificate request, use the show certreq command.

show certreq

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Displays a certificate request.

Command Modes

Keyring (/security/keyring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display a certificate request:

switch-A# scope security                                             
switch-A /chassis # scope keyring kr10
switch-A /chassis/server # show certreq

Request:  
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST----- 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 
-----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----- 

switch-A /chassis/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show keyring
show trustpoint

show chassis

To display chassis information, use the show chassis command.

Syntax Description

id	(Optional) Displays information for a specific chassis.
decommissioned	(Optional) Displays information about a decommissioned chassis.
detail	(Optional) Displays detailed information about the chassis.
fabric	(Optional) Displays information about the fabric.
firmware	(Optional) Displays information about the firmware.
fsm status	(Optional) Displays information about the finite state machine.
inventory	(Optional) Displays information about the chassis.
iom	(Optional) Displays information about the input/output module.
version	(Optional) Displays the version numbers of all the devices in the chassis.

Command Default

Displays chassis information.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show chassis command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of chassis.

The show iom command can be run in chassis (/chassis) mode.

Examples

This example shows how to display chassis information:

switch-A# show chassis
 
Chassis: 
    Chassis    Overall Status           Admin State                                           
    ---------- ------------------------ ----------- 
             1 Accessibility Problem    Acknowledged  
switch-A#

Related Commands

Command	Description
show iom
show server

show cimxml

To display Common Information Model (CIM) XML port information, use the show cimxml command.

show cimxml

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Displays CIM XML port information.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display CIM XML port information:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services                                       
switch-A /system/services # show cimxml 

Name: cimxml
    Admin State: Disabled
    Port: 5988
switch-A /system/services #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show http
show https

show class cpu-stats

To display information about the CPU statistics class, use the show class cpu-stats command.

show class cpu-stats [ detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays information about the CPU statistics class.
expand	(Optional) Displays expanded information about the CPU statistics class.

Command Default

Displays information about the CPU statistics class.

Command Modes

Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the CPU statistics class:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10                                             
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class cpu-stats expand
                                             
Stats Class: 
    Stats Class: Cpu Stats

    Stats Property:
        Stats Property: Cpu Stats Cpu Temp
        Norm Value: 0.000000 
        Stats Property: Cpu Stats Cpu Temp Avg
        Norm Value: 0.000000
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show class dimm-stats
show stats-threshold-policy

show cli

To display CLI information, use the show cli command.

show cli { command-status | history | mode-info | session-config | shell-type } *

Syntax Description

command-status	(Optional) Displays the command status.
history	(Optional) Displays the history of command usage.
mode-info	(Optional) Displays information about the mode you are in.
session-config	(Optional) Displays information about your session configuration.
shell-type	(Optional) Displays information about the command shell type.

Command Default

Displays CLI information.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about your session configuration:

switch-A# show cli session-config
                                          
Suppress Headers: off 
Suppress Field Spillover: off
Table Field Delimiter: none
switch-A#

Related Commands

Command	Description
show configuration
show system

show cluster

To display cluster information, use the show cluster command.

show cluster { extended-state | state }

Syntax Description

extended-state	Displays extended information about the state of the cluster.
state	Specifies information about the state of the cluster.

Command Default

Displays cluster information.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display extended information about the state of the cluster:

switch-A# show cluster extended-state
Cluster Id: 0x7433f72a371511de-0xb90b000decb1ad44 
Start time: Tue Jul  7 09:17:46 2009
Last election time: Tue Jul  7 09:22:17 2009
A: UP, PRIMARY
B: UP, INAPPLICABLE, (Management services: DOWN)  
A: memb state UP, lead state PRIMARY, mgmt services state: UP
B: memb state UP, lead state INAPPLICABLE, mgmt services state: DOWN
   heartbeat state PRIMARY_OK
INTERNAL NETWORK INTERFACES: 
eth1, UP
eth2, UP
HA NOT READY 
Management services are unresponsive on peer switch
No chassis configured                                  
switch-A#

Related Commands

Command	Description
show org
show vif

show comp-queue

To display comp queue information, use the show comp-queue command.

show comp-queue [ detail | expand ]

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays details about all comp queues.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited details about all comp queues.

Command Default

Displays comp queue information.

Command Modes

Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show comp-queue command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of comp queues.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of comp queues:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if # show comp-queue

Related Commands

Command	Description

show trans-queue

show configuration

To display configuration information, use the show configuration command.

show configuration [ all | no-pending | pending | no-diff-markers ]

Syntax Description

all	(Optional) Displays
no-pending	(Optional) Displays
pending	(Optional) Displays
no-diff-markers	(Optional) Displays

Command Default

Displays configuration information.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display configuration information:

switch-A# show configuration

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cli

show connectivity

To display connectivity information, use the show connectivity command.

show connectivity

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Displays connectivity information.

Command Modes

Organization (/org/service-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display connectivity information:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10                                       
switch-A /org/service-profile # show connectivity

Related Commands

Command	Description
show hv-conn
show inventory

show core-export-target

To display core export target information, use the show core-export-target command.

show core-export-target [ detail | fsm status ]

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays details about the core export target.
fsm status	(Optional) Displays the status of the finite state machine.

Command Default

Displays core export target information.

Command Modes

Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This command shows how to display core export target information:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug                                          
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # show core-export-target

Core Export Target:
    Server Name:
    Port: 69 
    Path:
    Administrative State: Disabled
    Description:
    Current Task:
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cores
show fsm

show cores

To displays the core dump file, use the show cores command.

show cores [ name { a | b } ] [detail]

Syntax Description

name	(Optional) Displays a specific core dump file.
a	Displays the core dump file for switch A.
b	Displays the core dump file for switch B.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about the core dump file.

Command Default

Displays the core dump file.

Command Modes

Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the core dump file:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug                                          
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # show cores

  
                                                 
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show core-export-target

show cpu

To display CPU information, use the show cpu command.

show cpu [detail]

Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Displays details about the CPU.

Command Default

Displays CPU information.

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display CPU details:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1                                           
switch-A /chassis/server # show cpu
Server 1/1: 
    ID  Presence             Architecture      Socket Cores       Speed (GHz) 
    — -------------------- ----------------- ------ ----------- ----------- 
      1 Equipped             Xeon              CPU1   4           2.266000 
      2 Equipped             Xeon              CPU2   4           2.266000   
switch-A /chassis/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

show destination

To display destination information, use the show destination command.

show destination [ email-address | detail | expand ]

Syntax Description

email-address	(Optional) Displays a specific email address.
detail	(Optional) Displays a list of email addresses.
expand	(Optional) Displays a list of email addresses.

Command Default

Displays destination information.

Command Modes

Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show destination command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of email addresses.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of email addresses:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring# scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # show destination detail                                             

Destination: 
    Email: bob@cisco.com 
    Email: sally@cisco.com                                              
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #

Related Commands

Command	Description

show profile

show disk

To display disk information, use the show disk command.

show disk [ vendor model revision | detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

vendor	(Optional) Displays a specific vendor name.
model	(Optional) Displays a specific model number.
revision	(Optional) Displays a specific revision number.
detail	(Optional) Displays some details about each disk.
expand	(Optional) Displays complete details about each disk.

Command Default

Displays disk information.

Command Modes

Capability (/system/capability)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show disk command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of disks.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of disks:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope capability
switch-A /system/capability # show disk                                                      
Disk Capacity: 
    Vendor                   Model                    HW Revision 
    ------------------------ ------------------------ -----------
    DiskManufacturer         73-LocalDiskPN-02        01 
    FUJITSU                  MBB2147RC                0 
    FUJITSU                  MBC2073RC                0 
    SEAGATE                  ST9146802SS              0  
    SEAGATE                  ST973402SS               0
    SEAGATE                  ST973451SS               0

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cpu
show memory

show dns

To display DNS information, use the show dns command.

show dns

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Displays DNS information.

Command Modes

Services (/system/services)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This exampe shows how to display DNS information:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services

Related Commands

Command	Description
show http
show ntp

show download-task

To display download task information, use the show download-task command.

show download-task [ file-name | detail | fsm ] *

Syntax Description

file-name	(Optional) Displays a specific download.
detail	(Optional) Displays complete details about each download.
fsm	(Optional)

Command Default

Displays download task information.

Command Modes

Firmware (/firmware)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show download-task command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of downloads.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of downloads:

switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware # show download-task
Download task:                                             
    File Name Protocol Server          Userid          State  
    --------- -------- --------------- --------------- -----
    ucs-dplug.4.0.1a.N2.1.1.61.gbin
              Scp      10.193.1.28     jaunderw        Failed
    ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.1.61.gbin
              Scp      t1.nuovasystems jaunderw        Failed 
    ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.1.71.gbin
              Scp      t1.nuovasystems jaunderw        Failed
switch-A /firmware #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fsm
show image

show dynamic-conn-policy

To display dynamic vNIC connection policy information, use the show dynamic-conn-policy command.

show dynamic-conn-policy [ vnic-name | detail ]

Syntax Description

vnic-name	(Optional) Displays information about a specific vNIC.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about all vNICs.

Command Default

Displays dynamic vNIC connection policy information.

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of dynamic vNIC connection policies.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of dynamic vNIC connection policies:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy                                             
 
Dynamic vNIC Connectivity Policy:
    Name                 Dynamic Eth Enforcement Protection Adapter Profile Pin Group
    -------------------- ----------- ----------- ---------- --------------- ---------
    org10/dvcp10         60          Best Effort Protected                           
    org10/dvcp11         61          Best Effort Protected 
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vhba-templ
show vnic-templ

show environment

To display environment information, use the show environment command.

Syntax Description

adapter	(Optional) Displays information about the adapter.
board	(Optional) Displays information about the motherboard.
cpu	(Optional) Displays information about the CPU.
detail	(Optional)
expand	(Optional)
memory	(Optional) Displays information about the memory.

Command Default

Displays environment information.

Command Modes

Server (/chassis/server)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show environment command without any arguments or keywords to display the state of the server.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the motherboard:

switch-A#scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1                                                      
switch-A /chassis/server # show environment 

Server 1/1:
    Oper Power: On
    Motherboard: 
    Threshold Status: OK
    Power State: N/A
    Thermal Status: OK  
    Voltage Status: OK
    CMOS Battery Voltage Status: OK
switch-A /chassis/server #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show memory
show server

show epuser

To display end-point user information, use the show epuser command.

show epuser [ epuser-name | detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

epuser-name	(Optional) Displays information about a specific end-point user.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about all end-point users.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited details about all end-point users.

Command Default

Displays end-point user information.

Command Modes

IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show epuser command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of end-point users.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of end-point users:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10                                               
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # show epuser

End point user: 
    User Name  End point user privilege Password
    ---------- ------------------------ -------- 
    epu10      Readonly
    epu11      Readonly
switch-A /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show epuser
show ipmi-access-profile

show error-recovery

To display error recovery information, use the show error-recovery command.

show error-recovery [ detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays details about error recovery.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited details about error recovery.

Command Default

Displays error recovery information.

Command Modes

Fibre Channel host (/chassis/server/adapter/host-fc)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display

switch-A /org # scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1                                             
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1 
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if # show error-recovery

Related Commands

Command	Description
show port

show eth-best-effort

To display Ethernet best-effort class information, use the show eth-best-effort command.

show eth-best-effort [detail]

Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Displays detailed Ethernet best-effort class information.

Command Default

Displays Ethernet best-effort information.

Command Modes

QoS (/eth-server/qos)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display Ethernet best-effort class information:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos                                          
switch-A /eth-server/qos # show eth-best-effort 

Ethernet Best-Effort Class
    Priority: Best Effort
    Cos: Any  
    Weight: 5
    Bw Percent: 50
    Drop: Drop
    Mtu: Normal
    Multicast Optimize: No
    Admin State: Enabled
switch-A /eth-server/qos #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-classified
show fc

show eth-classified

To Ethernet classified information, use the show eth-classified command.

show error-recovery [ bronze | detail | gold | platinum | silver ]

Syntax Description

bronze	(Optional) Displays the bronze class.
detail	(Optional) Displays all the classes.
gold	(Optional) Displays the gold class.
platinum	(Optional) Displays the platinum class.
silver	(Optional) Displays the silver class.

Command Default

Displays Ethernet classified class information.

Command Modes

QoS (/eth-server/qos)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the platinum Ethernet classified class:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos                                          
switch-A /eth-server/qos # show eth-classified platinum 

Ethernet Classified Class
    Priority: Platinum
    Cos: 5  
    Weight: 10
    Bw Percent: Not Applicable
    Drop: No Drop
    Mtu: Normal
    Multicast Optimize: No
    Admin State: Disabled
switch-A /eth-server/qos #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-best-effort
show fc

show eth-if

To display Ethernet interface information, use the show eth-if command.

show eth-if [ interface-name | detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

interface-name	(Optional) Displays information about a specific interface.
detail	(Optional) Displays detailed Ethernet interface information.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited Ethernet interface information.

Command Default

Displays Ethernet interface information.

Command Modes

Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display Ethernet interface information:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic10                                                      
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # show eth-if

Ethernet Interface: 
    Name: default
    Dynamic MAC Addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 
    Default Network: Yes
    VLAN ID: 1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fc-if
show vnic

show eth-profile

To display Ethernet profile information, use the show eth-profile command.

show eth-profile [ profile-name | detail | expand ] *

Syntax Description

profile-name	(Optional) Displays information about a specific Ethernet profile.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about all Ethernet profiles.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited details about all Ethernet profiles.

Command Default

Displays Ethernet profile information.

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show eth-profile command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of Ethernet profiles.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of Ethernet profiles:

switch# scope org org10
switch /org # show eth-profile                                                

Eth Profile: 
    Name
    ----
    org10/ep10
    org10/ep11
    org10/ep12
switch /org #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fc-profile
show service-profile

show eth-uplink

To display Ethernet uplink information, use the show eth-uplink command.

show eth-profile [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays some detail about the Ethernet uplink.
expand	(Optional) Displays all details about the Ethernet uplink.
fsm status	(Optional) Displays the finite state machine.

Command Default

Displays Ethernet uplink information.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display Ethernet uplink information:

switch# show eth-uplink expand
                                             
Ethernet Uplink:
    Mode: End Host
    Fabric: 
        Id: A 
        Id: B
    Stats Threshold Policy:
        Full Name: fabric/lan/thr-policy-default  
    VLAN:
        Name       VLAN ID    Fabric ID Native VLAN
        ---------- ---------- --------- -----------
        default    1          Dual      Yes  
switch#

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-profile
show fabric-interconnect

show event

To display event information, use the show event command.

show event [ event-id | detail ]

Syntax Description

event-id	(Optional) Displays a specific event.
detail	(Optional) Displays all events.

Command Default

Displays event information.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show event command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of events.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of events:

switch-A# show event
                                             
Creation Time        ID       Description   
-------------------- -------- -----------  
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162    33117 [FSM:STAGE:END]: unprovisioning the Virtual
media bootable device for blade 1/1(
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162    33118 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Disconnect pre-boot environment
agent for server 1/1(FSM-STAGE
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162    33119 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Disconnect pre-boot environment 
agent for server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162    33120 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Shutdown the server 1/1; deep
discovery completed(FSM-STAGE:sam   
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162    33121 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Shutdown the server 1/1; deep
discovery completed(FSM-STAGE:sam
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162    33122 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Invoke post-discovery policies
on server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162    33123 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Invoke post-discovery policies
 on server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme:
switch-A#

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fault
show sel

show ext-eth-if

To display external Ethernet interface information, use the show ext-eth-if command.

show ext-eth-if [ interface-id | detail | expand ]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) Displays a specific interface.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about all interfaces.
expand	Displays a list of interfaces.

Command Default

Displays information about the external Ethernet interfaces.

Command Modes

Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show ext-eth-if command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of interfaces.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of interfaces:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1                                                
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1 
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # show ext-eth-if

Ext Interface:
    Adapter Id Id         Mac               Fabric ID Oper State
    ---------- ---------- ----------------- --------- ---------- 
             1          1 00:23:04:C6:A2:8C A         Link Up
             1          2 00:23:04:C6:A2:8D B         Link Up
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show host-eth-if
show host-fc-if

show ext-ipv6-rss-hash

To display IPv6 RSS hash profile information, use the show ext-ipv6-rss-hash command.

show ext-ipv6-rss-hash [ detail | expand ]

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays details about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile.
expand	(Optional) Displays details about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile.

Command Default

Displays information about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile.

Command Modes

Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the external IPv6 RSS hash profile:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1                                                
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1 
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if # show ext-ipv6-rss-hash

External IPv6 RSS Hash Profile:                                             
    IP Hash: Disabled 
    TCP Hash: Disabled
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ipv4-rss-hash
show ipv6-rss-hash

show fabric

To display fabric interconnect information, use the show fabric command.

fc-uplink mode show fabric [ a | b | detail | expand ]

chassis mode show fabric [ detail ]

Syntax Description

a	(Optional) Displays information about Fabric A.
b	(Optional) Displays information about Fabric B.
detail	(Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect.
expand	(Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect.

Command Default

Displays information about the fabric interconnect.

Command Modes

Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)

Chassis (/chassis)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show fabric command in chassis mode, without any arguments or keywords, to display a list of fabrics.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of fabrics:

switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # show fabric                                             

Locale:                                                   
Id Name       C Type         Transport Side  Slot Id    Locale   Type
-- ---------- -------------- --------- ----- ---------- -------- ----
A             Mux To Host    Ether     Left           1 Server   Lan
B             Mux To Host    Ether     Right          1 Server   Lan
A             Mux To Host    Ether     Left           2 Server   Lan 
B             Mux To Host    Ether     Right          2 Server   Lan
A             Mux To Host    Ether     Left           3 Server   Lan
B             Mux To Host    Ether     Right          3 Server   Lan
A             Mux Fabric     Ether     Left           1 Chassis  Lan
B             Mux Fabric     Ether     Right          2 Chassis  Lan
switch-A /fc-uplink #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interface
show pin-group

show failover

To display failover timeout information, use the show failover command.

show failover [ detail | expand ]

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays detailed failover timeout information.
expand	(Optional) Displays detailed failover timeout information.

Command Default

Displays information about the failover timeout.

Command Modes

Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display detailed failover timeout information:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth # show failover                                             

Ethernet Failover Profile:                                             
    Timeout (sec): 5  
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show event
show fault

show fan

To display fan information, use the show fan command.

capability mode show fan [ vendor model hardware-rev | detail | expand ]

fan-module mode show fan [ detail | expand ]

Syntax Description

vendor	(Optional) Displays the vendor name.
model	(Optional) Displays the model number.
hw-rev	(Optional) Displays the hardware revision number.
detail	(Optional) Displays detailed fan information.
expand	(Optional) Displays expanded fan information.

Command Default

Displays information about the fan.

Command Modes

Capability (/system/capability)

Fan module (/chassis/fan-module)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show fan command without any arguments or keywords, in capability mode, to display a list of fans.

Examples

This command shows how to display a list of fans:

switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope capability                                                      
switch-A /system/capability # show fan

Fan Module: 
    Vendor                   Model                    HW Revision
------------------------ ------------------------ ----------- 
    Cisco                    73-11624-02              04 
    Cisco Systems            N5K-C5010-FAN            0
    Cisco Systems            N5K-C5020-FAN            0
    Cisco Systems Inc        N10-FAN1=                0
    Cisco Systems Inc        N10-FAN2=                0
    Cisco Systems Inc        N20-FAN5                 0
    N/A                      N10-FAN1                 0
    N/A                      N10-FAN2                 0
switch-A /system/capability #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show chassis
show server

show fan-module

To display fan module information, use the show fan-module command.

show fan [ tray module ] [ detail ] [ expand ]

Syntax Description

tray module	(Optional) Displays a specific module in a specific tray.
detail	(Optional) Displays detailed information about all fans.
expand	(Optional) Displays limited information about all fans.

Command Default

Displays information about the fan module.

Command Modes

Chassis (/chassis)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show fan-module command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of fan modules.

Examples

This command shows how to display a list of fan modules:

switch-A# scope chassis 1                                                      
switch-A /system/capability # show fan-module

Fan Module:                                                   
    Tray       Module     Overall Status  
    ---------- ---------- --------------
             1          1 Operable
             1          2 Operable
             1          3 Operable
             1          4 Operable
             1          5 Operable  
             1          6 Operable
             1          7 Operable
             1          8 Operable
switch-A /system/capability #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fan
show iom

show fault policy

To display fault policy information, use the show fault policy command.

show fault policy [detail]

Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Displays detailed information about the fault policy.

Command Default

Displays information about the fault policy.

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the fault policy:

switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # show fault policy                                          
 
Fault Policy:
    Clear Action: Retain
    Retention Interval: 00:01:00:00
    Flap Interval (sec): 10
switch-A /monitoring # show fault policy

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fault
show syslog

show fc

To display Fibre Channel class information, use the show fc command.

show fc [detail]

Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Displays detailed Fibre Channel class information.

Command Default

Displays information about the Fibre Channel class.

Command Modes

QoS (/eth-server/qos)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display Fibre Channel class information:

switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos                                          
switch-A /eth-server/qos # show fc 

FC Class:
    Priority: 1
    Cos: 3  
    Weight: 5
    Bw Percent: 50
    Drop: No Drop
    Mtu: Fc
    Admin State: Enabled
switch-A /eth-server/qos #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-best-effort
show eth-classified

show fc-if

To display Fibre Channel interface information, use the show fc-if command.

show fc-if [ detail ] [ expand ]

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Displays detailed Fibre Channel interface information.
expand	(Optional) Displays expanded Fibre Channel interface information.

Command Default

Displays information about Fibre Channel interfaces.

Command Modes

Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display Fibre Channel interface information:

switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba10                                                      
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # show fc-if

Fibre Channel Interface: 
    Name: default
    vSAN ID: 1 
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-if
show vhba

show fc-profile

To display Fibre Channel profile information, use the show fc-profile command.

show fc-profile [ profile-name ] [ detail ] [ expand ]

Syntax Description

profile-name	(Optional) Displays a specific Fibre Channel profile.
detail	(Optional) Displays limited details about all Fibre Channel profiles.
expand	(Optional) Displays expanded information about all Fibre Channel profiles.

Command Default

Displays information about Fibre Channel profiles.

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

You can also use the show fc-profile command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of Fibre Channel profiles.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of Fibre Channel profiles:

switch-A# scope org org10                                                      
switch-A /org/ # show fc-profile

FC Profile: 
    Name
    ---- 
    org10/fcp10
    org10/fcp11
switch-A /org/ #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show eth-profile
show org

show nwctrl-policy

To display network control policy information, use the show nwctrl-policy command.

show nwctrl-policy [policy-name]

Syntax Description

policy-name

Policy name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Organization (/org)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(2)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display network control policy information:

switch-A# scope org org100                                        
switch-A /org # show nCP100

Network Control Policy:
    Name       CDP      Uplink fail action
    ---------- -------- ------------------
    nCP100     Enabled  Warning

Related Commands

Command	Description
show fc-policy
show qos-policy

show snmp-user

To display SNMPv3 user information, use the show snmp-user command.

show snmp-user [user-name]

Syntax Description

user-name

User name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Monitoring (/monitoring)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(?)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display SNMPv3 user information:

switch-A# scope monitoring                                        
switch-A /monitoring # show snmp-user

switch-A /monitoring # SNMPv3 User:
    Name                     Authentication type
    ------------------------ -------------------
    su100                    Md5
switch-A /monitoring #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show snmp
show snmp-trap

top

To enter root from any mode, use the top command.

top

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to enter root from any mode:

switch /system/services # top
switch#

up

To move up one mode, use the up command.

up

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to move up one mode:

switch-A /org/service-profile # up
switch-A /org #

update firmware

To update the firmware, use the update firmware command.

update firmware version activate [force] set-startup

Syntax Description

version	Version number.
activate	(Optional) Specifies activation of firmware.
force	(Optional) Specifies force of firmware update.
set-startup	(Optional) Specifies set the firmware update on startup.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Input/output module (/chassis/iom)

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to update the firmware:

switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope iom 2
switch-A# /chassis/iom # update firmware 1.0(0.988)
switch-A# /chassis/iom* # activate firmware 1.0(0.988)                                             
switch-A# /chassis/iom* # commit-buffer 
switch-A# /chassis/iom #

Related Commands

Command	Description
show firmware
show image

where

To determine where you are in the CLI, use the where command.

where

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release	Modification
1.0(1)	This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to determine where you are in the CLI:

switch-A /org/service-profile # where
Mode: /org/service-profile
Mode Data:                                       
       scope org  
       enter org org10  
       enter service-profile sp10 instance 
switch-A /org/service-profile #

Bias-Free Language

Results

Chapter: Commands

Commands

acknowledge chassis

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Examples

Related Commands

acknowledge fault

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Examples

Related Commands

acknowledge server

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Examples

Related Commands

acknowledge slot

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Examples

Related Commands

activate firmware

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Examples

Related Commands

add alertgroups

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Examples

add privilege

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Examples

associate server

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Examples

Related Commands

associate server-pool

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Examples

Related Commands

cd

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Examples

clear alertgroups

Command Default

Command Modes